Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCity of Tamarac Resolution R-2012-028Temp. Reso. #12164 February 6, 2012 Page 1 CITY OF TAMARAC, FLORIDA RESOLUTION NO. R-2012- A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF TAMARAC, FLORIDA, AUTHORIZING THE APPROPRIATE CITY OFFICIALS TO AWARD RFP 12-02R AND EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH POOL MANAGEMENT, LLC, FOR SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES AT THE CAPORELLA AQUATIC CENTER, FOR A TWO-YEAR CONTRACT; APPROVING FUNDING FROM THE APPROPRIATE ACCOUNTS; PROVIDING FOR CONFLICTS; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the City of Tamarac desires to provide its residents and visitors a higher level of service by enhancing and improving its outdoor recreation facilities and environment; and WHEREAS, The Caporella Aquatic Center opened in the spring 2007 and has become a very popular destination for residents and visitors alike; and WHEREAS, the City published Request for Proposals RFP #12-02R for the provision of Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center, attached hereto as "Exhibit 1 "; and WHEREAS, the City examined responses from Aquatic Management Services, Jeff Ellis Management, Pool Management, LLC, and USA Pools, Inc.; and WHEREAS, the four above mentioned firms were requested to make formal presentations to the RFP Selection and Evaluation Committee consisting of Director of Parks and Recreation Greg Warner, Assistant Director of Parks and Recreation Linda Probert, Community Services Manager Dania Maldonado, Safety Coordinator Vince Temp. Reso. #12164 February 6, 2012 Page 2 Bernd, Superintendent Bill Lewis, and Management and Budget Analyst Kareyann Ashworth; and WHEREAS, a copy of the ranking sheet is attached hereto as "Exhibit 2"; and WHEREAS, the RFP Selection and Evaluation Committee determined that the response submitted by Pool Management, LLC, attached hereto as "Exhibit 3", was best able to meet the needs of the City; and WHEREAS, the City of Tamarac has negotiated a contract with Pool Management, LLC, attached hereto as "Exhibit 4", for their services for a two-year contract, with the right to renew for subsequent renewal periods of two (2) years each; and WHEREAS, it is the recommendation of the Director of Parks and Recreation and the Purchasing and Contracts Manager that the contract for the Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center be awarded to Pool Management, LLC; and WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Tamarac, Florida, deems it to be in the best interest of the citizens and residents of the City of Tamarac to award the contract for the Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center for a two- year contract, with the right to renew for subsequent renewal periods of two (2) years each. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF TAMARAC, FLORIDA: Temp. Reso. #12164 February 6, 2012 Page 3 SECTION 1: The foregoing "WHEREAS" clauses are hereby ratified and confirmed as being true and correct and are hereby made a specific part of this Resolution upon adoption hereof. All exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein by this reference. SECTION 2: Pool Management, LLC, is awarded the Request for Proposal for Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center, for a two-year contract, with the right to renew for subsequent renewal periods of two (2) years each. SECTION 3: That the appropriate City officials are hereby authorized to execute an Agreement between Pool Management, LLC, and the City of Tamarac for the Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center (attached hereto as "Exhibit 4" SECTION 4: That funding will be available in the appropriate Parks and Recreation Department Operating Accounts. SECTION 5: All resolutions or parts of resolutions in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. SECTION 6: If any clause, section, other part or application of this Resolution is held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or invalid, in part or application, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions or applications of this Resolution. Temp. Reso. #12164 February 6, 2012 Page 4 SECTION 7: This Resolution shall become effective immediately upon its passage and adoption. PASSED, ADOPTED AND APPROVED this a?d day of , 2012. 7u- LitL' PAMELA BUSHNELL MAYOR ATTEST: PETER M. J. HARDSON, CRM, CMC CITY CLERK. RECORD OF COMMISSION VOTE: MAYOR BUSHNELL DIST 1: COMM. SWENS N DIST 2: COMM GOMEZ -,, DIST 3: V/M GLASSER ' -z— DIST 4: COMM. DRESSLER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE APPROVED THIS RESOLUTION AS TO FORM. ,,/SAMUEL S. GOREN CITY ATTORNEY 1 Temp. Reso. #12164 Exhibit 1 CITY OF TAMARAC PURCHASING AND CONTRACTS DIVISION 7525 NW 88T" AVENUE TAMARAC, FL 33321 "Co mmitte d to Ecc e He nc e ...Always" ADDENDUM NO.1 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL 12-02R SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES DATE OF ADDENDUM: DECEMBER 5, 2011 TO ALL PROSPECTIVE PROPOSERS: The following clarifications, changes, additions and/or deletions are hereby made part of the Contract Documents for Request for Proposal #12-02R, SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES. The following questions have been received by the Purchasing & Contracts Division (Answers are shown in italics): 1. Q. What is the budget? A. The City currently pays approximately $28,000 per month from March to November when the pool is open, and $10,000 per month from December 1st to February 28ml29tn We are not anticipating any additional cost. 2. Q. Is the Pool open during the same hours on March 1st as it is during the middle of summer? A. The pool is open until 7:00 p.m. from Memorial Day to Labor Day. Otherwise, except for the months of December — February, when the pool is closed to the public, the pool closes at 6:00 p.m. The pool opens at 9:00 a.m. 3. Q. Does the City require a specified number of lifeguards at this facility? A. The City will rely on the judgment of the proposer regarding the number of lifeguards [We have no specific requirements for the number required, however if the City believes that the number of lifeguards proposed is not sufficient, the City reserves the right to request additional lifeguards. 4. Q. Will the successful vendor be required to provide pool chemicals? A. The successful vendor will be responsible to maintain the pool in a safe manner in good operating condition, and is responsible for providing appropriate chemicals. 5. Q. Will the successful vendor be required to provide cashiers or snack bar personnel? A. No, the City will be responsible for staffing all cashier and snack bar personnel as may be required. All other terms, conditions and specifications remain unchanged for RFP # 12-02R. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1, by returning it and/or acknowledging it in your proposal. Sincerely, A//. *- Keith K. Glatz, CPPO, FCPM Purchasing & Contracts Manager COMPANY: NAME: 7525 NW 88thAvenue 7hmamc, Fbrida 33321-2401 (954) 597-3570 Fhx(954) 597-3565 www.tamamc.oig E4 ua 10 p p o rtunity Bmp to ye r PURCHASING AND CONTRACTS DIVISION Date: November 7, 2011 TA Nni AR The City For Your Life REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS RFP 12-02R ALL QUALIFIED PROPOSERS: Temp. Reso. #12164 Exh. 1 RFP NO. 12-02R Sealed Proposals, addressed to the Purchasing and Contracts Manager of the City of Tamarac, Broward County, Florida, will be received in the Purchasing Office, 7525 NW 88th Avenue, Tamarac, Florida 33321-2401 until 3:00pm local time, December 8, 2011 CITY OF TAMARAC — SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES The City is soliciting proposals on behalf of the City of Tamarac Parks & Recreation Department to obtain the services of a qualified firm to provide Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center, 9300 NW 58th Street, Tamarac, Florida 33321-4605. Sealed Proposals must be received and time stamped in the Purchasing Office, either by mail or hand delivery, on or before the date and time referenced above. Any Proposals received after 3:00pm on December 8, 2011 will not be accepted under any circumstances. Any uncertainty regarding the time a Proposal is received will be resolved against the Proposer. Official time will be measured by the time stamp in the Purchasing Office. City reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, to waive any informalities or irregularities in any Proposals received, to re -advertise for Proposals, to award in whole or in part to one or more Proposers, or take any other such actions that may be deemed to be in the best interest of the City. Proposal documents may be obtained from the Purchasing Office or via the Internet at http://www.tamarac.org. For inquiries, contact the Purchasing Office at (954) 597-3570. Keith K. Glatz, CPPO Purchasing and Contracts Manager Publish Sun -Sentinel: November 13, 2011 and November 20, 2011 Ci K of Tamarac ---..._..._ _ _.___ _— _.-..... _----- --- Purchasir aannd�Contracts Division REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS RFP 12-02R SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES Definition: A Request for Proposal (RFP) is a method of procurement permitting discussions with responsible offerors and revisions to proposals prior to award of a contract. Proposals will be opened in private. Award will be based on the criteria set forth herein. I. INTRODUCTION The City is soliciting proposals on behalf of the Tamarac Parks and Recreation Department to obtain the services of a qualified firm for the Swimming Pool Management Services located at the Caporella Aquatic Center, 9300 NW 58t' Street, Tamarac, Florida 33321- 4605. II. INFORMATION For information pertaining to this Request for Proposals (RFP), contact Purchasing at (954) 597-3570 or Linda Probert at (954) 597-3632. Such contact shall be for clarification purposes only. Material changes, if any, to the scope of services or proposal procedures will be transmitted only by written addendum. It is preferred that all questions be submitted in writing, either via fax or email. Fax questions to (954) 597-3565 or email to purchasinct('7a.tamarac.org. III. SCHEDULE OF EVENTS The schedule of events related to this Request for Proposals shall be as follows: RFP Document issued November 13, 2011 Deadline for Written Questions November 30, 2011 Deadline for Receipt of Proposals December 8, 2011 Evaluation of Proposals Dec. 9, 2011— Jan. 9, 2012 Presentations by Short-listed Proposers (if applicable) January 10, 2012 Final Ranking of Firms January 12, 2012 Anticipated Award by Commission February 8, 2012 All dates are tentative. City reserves the right to change scheduled dates. of Tamarac - -- - _ --- - -- _ Purchasing and Contracts Division IV. INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 8 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP 12-02R Our Vision and Mission Our Vision: The City of Tamarac, our community of choice -- leading the nation in quality of life through safe neighborhoods, a vibrant economy, exceptional customer service and recognized excellence. Our Mission: We Are "Committed to Excellence. . . Always"It is our job to foster and create an environment that Responds to the Customer Creates and Innovates Works as a Team Achieves Results, and Makes a Difference In the fulfillment of our vision and mission, as stewards of the public trust, we value vision, integrity, efficiency and quality service. Our vendors are truly partners in meeting these commitments to the community, and in support of that vision and mission, we are committed to ensuring that qualified, competitive vendors who share our commitment to quality, efficiency, teamwork and customer service are employed to provide goods and services to the City. Our vendors are expected to deliver high quality products and efficient service that is provided on time and as ordered; in a manner that improves the overall value of the services that the City provides to its residents. In addition, we expect our vendors to work with the City as a team, and exhibit the highest level of integrity when dealing with any office or department of the City. Diligence in the execution of the requirements of this proposal will ultimately contribute to the overall quality of services provided to the entire community. The City is searching for a firm who will exemplify these ideals in the execution of their work, and the successful firm will be measured against the performance standards outlined in this bid invitation. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS These General Terms and Conditions apply to all offers made to the City of Tamarac by all prospective Proposers, including but not limited to, Requests for Quotes, Requests for Proposal and Requests for Bid. As such the words "bid", "proposal" and "offer" are used interchangeably in reference to all offers submitted by prospective Proposers. The City of Tamarac reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities or irregularities in any proposals received, to re - advertise for proposals, to enter into contract negotiations with the selected Proposer or take any other actions that may be deemed to be in the best interest of the City of Tamarac. Any and all special conditions in this RFP or any sample agreement document that may be in variance or conflict with these General Terms and Conditions shall have precedence over these General Terms and Conditions. If no changes or deletions to General Conditions are made in the Special Conditions, then the General Terms and Conditions shall prevail in their entirety. 2. DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Offerors are defined as follows: 2.1 "Offeror" - one who submits a Proposal in response to a solicitation, as distinct from a Sub -Offeror, who submits a Proposal to the Offeror. 2.2 "Proposer" — one who submits a Proposal in response to a solicitation. The terms "Offeror" and "Proposer" are used interchangeably and have the same meaning. 2.3 "Successful Offeror" - the qualified, responsible and responsive Offeror to whom City (on the basis of City s evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 2.4 "City" - the City of Tamarac, a municipal corporation of the State of Florida. 2.5 "Proposal Documents" - the Request for Proposals, Instructions to Offerors, Offeror's Qualifications Statement, Non -Collusive Affidavit, Certified Resolution, Vendor Drug -Free Workplace, Offeror's Proposal, Proposal Security and Specifications, if City of Tamarac _ --Purchasipq and Contracts Division any, and the proposed Contract only the best commercial practice is Documents (including all Addenda to prevail, and that only material and issued prior to opening of Proposals). workmanship of the finest quality is to 2.6 "Contractor" - the individual(s) or be used. All interpretations of the firm(s) to whom the award is made and specifications shall be made on the basis of this statement. Omission of who executes the Contract any essential details from these Documents. specifications will not relieve the 3. SPECIAL CONDITIONS Proposer of supplying such services or product(s) as specified. Where there appears to be variances or conflicts between the General Terms and 5.2 For the purpose of evaluation, the Conditions and the Special Conditions and/or Offeror must indicate any variance or Scope of Work outlined in this proposal, the exceptions to the stated requirements, Special Conditions and/or the Scope of Work no matter how slight. Deviations shall prevail. should be explained in detail. Absence of variations and/or corrections will be 4. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS interpreted to mean that the Offeror AND SITE meets all the requirements in every 4.1. Before submitting a Proposal, each respect. Offeror must visit the site (if applicable 6. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA to the project) to become familiar with the facilities and equipment that may in If the Offeror is in doubt as to the meaning of any any manner affect cost or performance of the Proposal Documents, believes that the of the work; must consider federal, General Conditions, Special Conditions and/or state and local laws, ordinances, rules Technical Specifications contain errors, and regulations that may in any contradictions or obvious omissions, or has any manner affect cost or performance of questions concerning the information contained the work, must carefully compare the in the RFP documents, the Offeror shall submit a Offeror's observations made during written request to the Purchasing Office for site visits or in review of applicable interpretation or clarification. Such request must laws with the Proposal Documents; reference RFP name and number, and should and must promptly notify the be received by the Purchasing Office at least ten Purchasing and Contracts Manager of (10) calendar days prior to the Proposal opening all conflicts, errors and discrepancies, if date, or prior to the deadline specified in the any, in the Proposal Documents. "Schedule of Events" provided herein. Questions received less than ten (10) calendar days prior to 4.2. The Offeror, by and through the the Proposal opening, or the deadline specified submission of a Proposal, agrees that by the "Schedule of Events" herein, whichever is Offeror shall held responsible for sooner, may not be answered. Interpretations or having examined the facilities and clarifications in response to such questions will equipment (if applicable); is familiar be issued in the form of a written addendum with the nature and extent of the work transmitted via either fax or email to all parties and any local conditions that may recorded by the Purchasing Office as having affect the work, and is familiar with the received the Proposal Documents. The equipment, materials, parts and labor issuance of a written addendum shall be the only required to successfully perform the official method whereby such an interpretation or work. clarification will be made. 5. OMISSION OF DETAILS / VARIANCES AND 7 COSTS AND COMPENSATION EXCEPTIONS 7.1. Costs and compensation shall be 5.1 The apparent silence of the shown in both unit prices and requirements as to any detail, or the extensions whenever applicable, and apparent omission of a detailed expressed in U.S. Dollars. In the event description concerning any point, of discrepancies existing between unit shall be regarded as meaning that Cif of Tamarac _—.._—.---__ ... _ _ Purchas and Contracts Division prices and extensions or totals, the unit 9. NON -COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT prices shall govern. Each Offeror shall complete the Non -Collusive 7.2. All costs and compensation shall Affidavit form and shall submit the form with their remain firm and fixed for acceptance Proposal. City considers the failure of the for 60 calendar days after the day of Offeror to submit this document may be cause the Proposal opening. for rejection of the Proposal. 7.3. The price proposal shall include all 10. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES franchise fees, royalties, license fees, etc., as well as all costs for In accordance with Florida Statutes 8287.133 transportation or delivery as applicable JQ(gJ A person or affiliate who has been within the scope of the solicitation. placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for public entity crime may not 8. PRICES, PAYMENTS, DISCOUNTS & submit a bid on a contract to provide any ELECTRONIC PAYMENTS goods or services to a public entity, may not 8.1 Firm Pricing: Prices shall be fixed submit a bid on a contract with a public entity and firm to the extent required under for the construction or repair of a public Special Conditions. In the absence building or public work, may not submit bids on of a reference in the Special leases of real property to public entity, may not Conditions, prices shall be fixed and be awarded or perform work as a contractor, firm for a period of sixty (60) supplier, subcontractor, or Contractor under a calendar days, or ninety (90) contract with any public entity, and may not calendar days when the contract transact business with any public entity in must be approved by another excess of the threshold amount provided in agency. Payment will be made only Florida Statutes §287.017 for Category Two, after receipt and acceptance of for a period of 36 months from the date of materials/services. Cash discounts being placed on the convicted vendor list. may be offered for prompt payment; 11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST however, such discounts shall not be considered in determining the lowest The award of any contract hereunder is subject net cost for bid evaluation. to the provisions of Chapter 112, Florida Statutes. Offerors must disclose with their 8.2 Prompt Payment Discounts: Where Proposal the name of any officer, director, applicable, offeror is encouraged to partner, proprietor, associate or agent who is provide prompt payment. If no also an officer or employee of City or any of its payment discount is offered, the City agencies. Further, all Offerors must disclose the shall assume terms of net 30 days. name of any officer or employee of City who Payment is deemed made on the owns, directly or indirectly, an interest of five date of the mailing of the check. All percent (5%) or more in the Offeror's firm or any payments shall be governed by the of its branches or affiliate companies. Local Govemment Prompt Payment Act, F.S. Chapter 218. 12. PERFORMANCE BONDS AND INSURANCE 8.3 Payments by Electronic Funds Upon award of a contract, the Successful Transfer: Vendors may now receive Offeror, as required within the scope of the payments by direct deposit via solicitation, may be required to submit electronic funds transfer instead of by performance bonds and/or payment bonds. paper check. Vendors are strongly Offeror shall provide certificates of insurance in encouraged to register to receive all the manner, form and amount(s) specified. payments by direct deposit. Access 13. SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE the City of Tamarac web -site at SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSALS http://www.tamarac.oro/city- departments/financial- The following is a summary of documents required to be submitted for this proposal. services/purchasing/register-for- information. deposit-depositFailure to include a technical proposal, cost more direct for proposal, bid surety (if required below), or any C� of Tamarac . _._ _—....._._ Purchasing and Contracts Division _ other document that, by its omission, may 14.5 Proposals by corporations must be prejudice the rights of other respondents, may executed in the corporation's legal result in immediate rejection of your proposal. name by the President or other Other forms or documents which, by their corporate officer, accompanied by nature do not impact price or the Offeror's cost evidence of authority to sign. Evidence of doing business should accompany the of authority shall be provided on the Proposal; but must be provided within three enclosed Certified Resolution form, or (3) business days of the City's request to be by the company's own Corporate considered responsive. Resolution. 13.1 Technical Proposal & Work Plan 14.6 Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and 13.2 Cost Proposal (See "Proposal Form" signed by a partner, whose title must herein) appear under the signature. 13.3 Schedule of implementation and 14.7 Proposals shall be submitted to the staffing plan Purchasing Office on or before the time 13.4 Certification Forms indicated in the Request for Proposals. Proposals shall be submitted in a 13.5 Certified Resolution Form (or firm's sealed envelope (faxed proposals will own Corporate Resolution) not be accepted under any 13.6 Offeror's Qualifications Statement circumstances). The envelope should Form & References be clearly marked on the exterior with the applicable solicitation name and 13.7 Vendor Drug Free Workplace Form number. The envelope should state the 13.8 Non -Collusive Affidavit Form name and address of the Offeror and should be include all documents as 13.9 Proof of applicable insurance. specified in the Request for Proposals. 13.10 Listing of any Subcontractors to be Purchasing and Contracts Division utilized. staff is not responsible for the premature opening of a Proposal that 13.11 The City reserves the right to request is not properly addressed and the most recently completed audited identified. financial statement, or other approved documentation to verify 14.8 In accordance with Florida Statutes, financial viability. Chapter §119.07(1)(a) and except as may be provided by other applicable 14. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS state and federal laws, the Request for 14.1 Proposals must be typed or printed in Proposals and the responses thereto ink. Use of erasable ink is not are in the public domain. However, permitted. All corrections to prices Proposers are requested to specifically made by the Offeror should be initialed. identify in the submitted Proposal any financial information considered 14.2 All proposals shall be submitted in the confidential and/or proprietary which English language, and pricing may be considered exempt under expressed in U.S. Dollars. Florida Statute §119.07(t). 14.3 Proposals must contain a manual 14.9 All Proposals received from Offerors in signature of a corporate officer or response to the Request for Proposals designee with the proven authority to will become the property of the City bind the firm in matters of this nature. and will not be returned. In the event The address and telephone number for of Contract award, all documentation any communications regarding the produced as part of the Contract shall Proposal must be included. become the exclusive property of City. 14.4 Proposals shall contain an 14.10 The Proposer preparing a submittal acknowledgment of receipt of all in response to this RFP shall bear all addenda. g�y of Tamarac _ _ Purct? d Confracfs Division expenses associated with its unbalanced or conditional Proposals. preparation. The Proposer shall Proposals will be considered irregular prepare a submittal with the and may be rejected if they show understanding that no claim for serious omissions, alterations in form, reimbursement shall be submitted to additions not called for, conditions or the City for the expense of proposal unauthorized alterations, or preparation and/or presentation. irregularities of any kind. 15. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF 16.2 City reserves the right to reject the PROPOSALS Proposal of any Offeror if City believes 15.1 Proposals may be modified or that it would not be in its best interest withdrawn by a duly executed of to make an award to that Offeror, document signed by a corporate officer whether because the Proposal is not or other employee with designated responsive, the Offeror is unqualified, signature authority. Evidence of such of doubtful financial ability, or fails to authority must accompany the request meet any other pertinent criteria for withdrawal or modification. The established by City within the scope of request must be delivered to the the solicitation. Purchasing Office at any time prior to 17. QUALIFICATIONS OF PROPOSERS the deadline for submitting Proposals. Withdrawal of a Proposal will not 17.1 Each Offeror shall complete the prejudice the rights of an Offeror to Offeror's Qualifications Statement and submit a new Proposal prior to the submit the form with the Proposal. Proposal opening date and time. No Failure to submit the Offeror's Proposal may be withdrawn or Qualifications Statement and the modified after the date of proposal documents required thereunder may opening has passed. constitute grounds for rejection of the Proposal. 15.2 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Proposals are opened, any Offeror files 17.2 As a part of the evaluation process, a duly signed, written notice with the the City may conduct a background Purchasing Office, and within five (5) investigation including a criminal calendar days thereafter demonstrates record check of Proposer's officers to the reasonable satisfaction of City, and/or employees, by the Broward by clear and convincing evidence, that County Sheriffs Office, or as there was a material and substantial enumerated in the Scope of Services mistake in the preparation of its herein. Proposer's submission of a Proposal, or that the mistake is clearly proposal constitutes evident on the face of the Proposal, but acknowledgement of and consent to the intended correct Proposal is not such investigation. City shall be the similarly evident, Offeror may withdraw sole judge in determining Proposer's its Proposal and any bid security will be qualifications. returned. Thereafter, the Offeror will 17.3 No proposal shall be accepted from, be disqualified from further bidding on nor will any contract be awarded to, the subject Contract. any person who is in arrears to City for 16. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS any debt or contract, who is a defaulter, as surety or otherwise, of any 16.1 To the extent permitted by applicable obligation to City, or who is deemed state and federal laws and regulations, irresponsible for unreliable by City. City City reserves the right to reject any and will be the sole judge of said all Proposals, to waive any and all determination. informalities not involving price, time or changes in the work with the 17.4 City reserves the right to make a pre - Successful Offeror, and to disregard all award inspection of the Offeror's nonconforming, non -responsive, facilities and equipment prior to award of Contract. 18. of Tamarac 17.5 Employees of the Proposer shall at all times be under its sole direction and not an employee or agent of the City. The Proposer shall supply competent and physically capable employees. The City may require the Proposer to remove an employee it deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable. Proposer shall be responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of all employees working under its directions. INSURANCE 18.1 Offeror agrees to, in the performance of work and services under this Agreement, comply with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations now in effect, or hereinafter enacted during the term of this agreement that are applicable to Offeror, its employees, agents, or subcontractors, if any, with respect to the work and services described herein. 18.2 Offeror shall obtain at Offeror's expense all necessary insurance in such form and amount as required by this proposal or by the City's Risk Manager before beginning work under this Agreement. Offeror shall maintain such insurance in full force and effect during the life of this Agreement. Offeror shall provide to the City's Risk Manager current certificates of all insurance required under this section prior to beginning any work under this Agreement. 18.3 Offeror shall indemnify and save the City harmless from any damage resulting to it for failure of either Offeror or any Sub -Offeror to obtain or maintain such insurance. 18.4 The following are required types and minimum limits of insurance coverage, which the Offeror agrees to maintain during the term of this contract: Line of Occurrence Aggregate Business/ Coverage and Contracts Division Commercial $2,000,000 $2,000,000 General Liability Including: Premises/Operations Contractual Liability Personal Injury Explosion, Collapse, Underground Hazard Products/Completed Operations Broad Form Property Damage Cross Liability and Severability of Interest Clause Automobile $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Liability Workers' Statutory Compensation & Employer's Liability 18.5 The City reserves the right to require higher limits depending upon the scope of work under this Agreement. 18.6 Neither Offeror nor any Sub -Offeror shall commence work under this contract until they have obtained all insurance required under this section and have supplied the City with evidence of such coverage in the form of an insurance certificate and endorsement. The Offeror will ensure that all Sub -Offerors will comply with the above guidelines and will maintain the necessary coverages throughout the term of this Agreement. 18.7 All insurance carriers shall be rated at least A-VII per Best's Key Rating Guide and shall be licensed to do business in Florida. Policies shall be "Occurrence" form. Each carrier will give the City sixty (60) days notice prior to cancellation. 18.8 The Offeror's liability insurance policies shall be endorsed to add the M of Tamarac and Contracts Division City of Tamarac as an "additional Contractor in the performance of the insured". The Offeror's Workers' Work; or c). liens, claims or actions Compensation carrier will provide a made by the Contractor or any sub - Waiver of Subrogation to the City. Contractor under workers 18.9 The Offeror shall be responsible for compensation acts; disability benefit the payment of all deductibles and acts, other employee benefit acts or self -insured retentions. The City may any statutory bar. Any cost of expenses, including attorneys fees, require that the Offeror purchase a bond to cover the full amount of the incurred by the City to enforce this agreement shall be borne by the deductible or self -insured retention. Contractor. 18.10 If the Offeror is to provide professional services under this 19.2 Upon completion of all Services, Agreement, the Offeror must provide obligations and duties provided for in the City with evidence of Professional this Agreement, or in the event of Liability insurance with, at a termination of this Agreement for any minimum, a limit of $1,000,000 per reason, the terms and conditions of occurrence and in the aggregate. this Article shall survive indefinitely. "Claims -Made" forms are acceptable 19.3 The Contractor shall pay all claims, only for Professional Liability. losses, liens, settlements orjudgments 18.11 The Successful Offeror agrees to of any nature whatsoever in connection perform the work under the Contract with the foregoing indemnifications as an independent contractor, and including, but not limited to, reasonable not as a subcontractor, agent or attorneys fees (including appellate employee of City. attomey's fees) and costs. 19. INDEMNIFICATION 19.4 City reserves the right to select its own legal counsel to conduct any defense 19.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION: in any such proceeding and all costs Contractor shall, in addition to any and fees associated therewith shall be other obligation to indemnify the City the responsibility of Contractor under and to the fullest extent permitted by the indemnification agreement. law, protect, defend, indemnify and Nothing contained herein is intended hold harmless the City, their agents, nor shall it be construed to waive City's elected officials and employees from rights and immunities under the and against all claims, actions, common law or Florida Statute 768.28 liabilities, losses (including economic as amended from time to time. losses), costs arising out of any 20. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR actual or alleged: a). Bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury An Agreement resulting from this solicitation to or destruction of tangible property does not create an employee/employer including the loss of use resulting relationship between the Parties. It is the intent therefrom, or any other damage or of the Parties that the Contractor is an loss arising out of or resulting, or independent contractor under this Agreement claimed to have resulted in whole or and not the City's employee for any purposes, in part from any actual or alleged act including but not limited to, the application of or omission of the Contractor, any the Fair Labor Standards Act minimum wage sub -Contractor, anyone directly or and overtime payments, Federal Insurance indirectly employed by any of them, Contribution Act, the Social Security Act, the or anyone for whose acts any of them Federal Unemployment Tax Act, the provisions may be liable in the performance of of the Internal Revenue Code, the State the Work; or b). violation of law, Worker's Compensation Act, and the State statute, ordinance, governmental Unemployment Insurance law. The Contractor administration order, rule, regulation, shall retain sole and absolute discretion in the or infringement of patent rights by judgment of the manner and means of carrying 21. 22. of Tamarac and Contracts Division out Contractor's activities and responsibilities by the Offeror in conjunction with this proposal to hereunder provided, further that administrative be used as a part of the services rendered under procedures applicable to services rendered this Agreement shall be new, warranted for their under any potential Agreement shall be those merchantability, fit for a particular purpose, free of Contractor, which policies of Contractor from defects and consistent with industry shall not conflict with City, State, or United standards. States policies, rules or regulations relating to 23. SAFETY STANDARDS the use of Contractor's funds provided for herein. The Contractor agrees that it is a The Proposer warrants that the product(s) separate and independent enterprise from the supplied to the City shall conform in all City, that it had full opportunity to find other respects to the standards set forth in the business, that it has made its own investment Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 as in its business, and that it will utilize a high amended, and shall be in compliance with level of skill necessary to perform the work. Chapter 442, Florida Statutes as well as any Any potential Agreement shall not be industry standards, if applicable. Any toxic construed as creating any joint employment substance listed in Section 38F-41.03 of the relationship between the Contractor and the Florida Administrative Code delivered as a City and the City will not be liable for any result of this order must be accompanied by a obligation incurred by Contractor, including but completed Material Safety Data Sheet not limited to unpaid minimum wages and/or (MSDS). overtime premiums. 24. INSPECTION WARRANTIES The City shall have the right to inspect any 21.1 Successful Offeror warrants to City that materials, components, equipment, supplies, the consummation of the work services or completed work specified herein. provided for in the Contract documents Any of said items not complying with these will not result in the breach of any term specifications are subject to rejection at the or provision of, or constitute a default option of the City. Any items rejected shall be under any indenture, mortgage, removed from the premises of the City and/or contract, or agreement to which replaced at the entire expense of the Successful Offeror is a party. successful vendor. 21.2 Successful Offeror warrants toCitythat 25. NON-DISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL it is not insolvent, it is not in bankruptcy OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT proceedings or receivership, nor is it During the performance of the Contract, the engaged in or threatened with any Contractor shall not discriminate against any litigation, arbitration or other legal or employee or applicant for employment because administrative proceedings or of race, color, sex, religion, age, national origin, investigations of any kind which would marital status, political affiliation, familial status, have an adverse effect on its ability to sexual orientation, or disability if qualified. The perform its obligations under the Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure Contract. that employees are treated equally during 21.3 Successful Offeror warrants to City that employment, without regard to their race, color, it will comply with all applicable federal, sex, religion, age, national origin, marital status, state and local laws, regulations and political affiliation, familial status, sexual orders in carrying out its obligations orientation, or disability if qualified. Such actions under the Contract. must include, but not be limited to, the 21.4 All warranties made by Successful following: employment, promotion; demotion Offeror together with service warranties or transfer; recruitment or recruitment and guarantees shall run to City and advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay the successors and assigns of City. or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The CONDITIONS OF MATERIAL Contractor shall agree to post in conspicuous All consumable materials and products supplied places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the 10 C� of Tamarac Puf chast'rfg arO Contracts Division contracting officer setting forth the provisions pertaining to this termination. of this nondiscrimination clause. The 31. FUNDING OUT Contractor further agrees that he/she will ensure that Subcontractors, if any, will be This agreement shall remain in full force and made aware of and will comply with this effect only as long as the expenditures nondiscrimination clause. 26. TAXES Successful Offeror shall pay all applicable sales, consumer use and other similar taxes required by law for products utilized as a part of performing services for the City. 27. PERMITS, FEES & LICENSES Successful Offeror shall secure and pay for all permits and fees, licenses and charges necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work, if applicable. The costs of all permits, fees, licenses and charges shall be included in the Price Proposal except where expressly noted in the specifications. 28. PERFORMANCE Failure on the part of the Offeror to comply with the conditions, terms, specifications and requirements of the bid shall be just cause for cancellation of the proposal award. The City may, by written notice to the Proposal, terminate the contract for failure to perform. The date of termination shall be stated in the notice. The City shall be the sole judge of nonperformance. 29. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE AND DEFAULT In addition to all other remedies available to the City, this Agreement shall be subject to cancellation by the City for cause, should the Successful Offeror neglect or fail to perform or observe any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or requirements herein contained, if such neglect or failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by of written notice of such neglect or failure. 30. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF CITY This Agreement may be terminated by the City for convenience, upon seven (7) days of written notice by the City to the Successful Offeror for such termination in which event the Successful Offeror shall be paid its compensation for services performed to termination date, including services reasonably related to termination. In the event that the Successful Offeror abandons this Agreement or causes it to be terminated, the Successful Offeror shall indemnify the city against loss provided for in the Agreement have been appropriated by the City Commission of the City of Tamarac in the annual budget for each fiscal year of this Agreement, and is subject to termination based on lack of funding. 32. AUDIT RIGHTS City reserves the right to audit the records of Successful Offeror, relating to this contract, at anytime during the term of the Contract, and for a period of three (3) years after completion of contract. If required by City, Successful Offeror shall agree to submit to an audit by an independent Certified Public Accountant selected by City. Successful Offeror shall allow City to examine and review the records of Successful Offeror at any and all times during normal business hours during the term of the Contract. 33. ASSIGNMENT 33.1 Successful Offeror shall not assign, transfer or subject the Contract or its rights, title, interests or obligations therein without City's prior written approval. 33.2 Violation of the terms of this paragraph shall constitute a breach of the Contract by Successful Offeror and City may, at its discretion, cancel the Contract. All rights, title, interest and obligations of Successful Offeror shall thereupon cease and terminate. 34. EMPLOYEES Employees of the successful Contractor shall at all times be under its sole direction and not an employee or agent of the City. The Contractor shall supply competent and physically capable employees. The City may require the Contractor to remove an employee it deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable. Bidder shall be responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of all employees working under its directions. 35. CITY SALES TAX EXEMPTION The City of Tamarac is exempt from all Federal, State, and Local taxes. An exemption 11 36. 37. 38. 39. of Tamarac certificate will be provided where applicable upon request. GOVERNING LAW: The laws of the State of Florida shall govern this Agreement. Venue shall be Broward County, Florida. FORM AGREEMENT DOCUMENT The City may attach as a part of this solicitation, a Form Agreement document. Proposers shall be responsible for complying with all of the terms and conditions of the Form Agreement document if included herein, except where variant or conflicting language may be included in any Special Conditions contained herein. Proposers shall note any deviation or variance with the Form Agreement document at the time of bid submission. UNBALANCED PROPOSAL PRICING When a unit price proposed has variable or estimated quantities, and the proposal shows evidence of unbalanced proposal pricing, such proposal may be rejected. REFERENCES Offeror shall provide reference data as requested herein along with proposal which shall include the following: 39.1 A minimum of three (3) references from Municipal or Public Pool Facilities. (References from private clubs, condominiums, hotels or apartment complexes will not be accepted.) 39.2 Facilities with pool water area equal to in size, or greater than that located at the City of Tamarac facility. 39.3 All Municipal or public pool references Purchasing and Contracts Division provided must have been operation for a minimum of five consecutive years. Offeror shall state their experience at each of these facilities. 39.4 References shall include facility name, contact person and title, telephone number, address and number of years that facility was operated by Offeror. 40. INFORMATION REQUESTS AFTER DUE DATE Following a recommendation for award, Proposers may download the evaluation results directly from the Internet at hftp://www.tamarac.org. Pursuant to Florida Statute Chapter 119, Section 7(m), sealed bids or proposals received by an agency pursuant to invitations to bid or requests for proposals are exempt from the provisions of subsection (1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution until such time as the agency provides notice of a decision or intended decision pursuant to F.S. §120.57(3)(a), or within 10 days after bid/proposal opening, whichever is earlier. 41. BUDGETARY CONSTRAINTS In the event the City is required to reduce contract costs due to budgetary constraints, all services specified in this document may be subject to a permanent or temporary reduction in budget. In such an event, the total cost for the affected service shall be reduced as required. The Contractor shall also be provided with a minimum 30-day notice prior to any such reduction in budget. Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank 12 City of-Tarnarac - - -- — --------- Purchasi�and Contracts Division V. STATEMENT OF WORK A. SCOPE OF PROPOSAL The purpose of this Request for Proposals is to obtain the services of a qualified firm to provide Swimming Pool Management Services on behalf of the City of Tamarac Parks and Recreation Department, in conformity with the requirements contained herein. The City is seeking a contract for a term of two (2) years, with two (2) additional two-year renewal terms based upon satisfactory performance and mutual agreement of both parties. Background The City of Tamarac is seeking proposals from qualified swimming pool management firms, hereafter referred to as "Contractor'. The City of Tamarac has established minimum specifications which include special and specific firm qualifications to assure and maintain the quality of the programs provided at the facility. The successful pool management contractor shall possess municipal swimming pool management skills and experience with swimming facilities that are similar to the Caporella Aquatic Center. They shall have the ability to perform quality work, as solely determined by the City of Tamarac, which qualifies it to operate the Aquatic Center as detailed and specified. The City of Tamarac Caporella Aquatic Center opened in 2007. The facility is located at 9300 NW 58th Street in Tamarac, Florida. Included in the facility is a 25 yard x 25 meter 8 lane geo-thermal heated pool, water slide, children's water sprayground activity area, picnic shelter, wellness center, locker rooms, office space, pool equipment/storage room, and concession stand. The Contractor will provide all necessary staff and programming for the operation and management of the swimming pool and children's sprayground activity area. The City of Tamarac will provide onsite staff responsible for overseeing the entire Aquatic Center, including the wellness center and revenue collection. City of Tamarac has four primary Aquatic Center Objectives: Safety: Ensure the highest level of safety is maintained in the pool, children's sprayground, pool deck and surrounding areas for participants and spectators. 2. Customer Service: Provide exceptional customer service and a commitment to excellence. 3. Programming: Provide innovative quality programming and events to include but not limited to instructional lessons, fitness programs, and competitions that will encourage usage by participants of various ages and skill levels. 4. Vision/Direction: To foster and create and environment that responds to the customer, creates and innovates, works as a team, achieves results and makes a difference. It is the City's intent, under the contract to provide the opportunity for public swimming in the same manner and with the same high regard for public interest as if the City managed, operated, and maintained the Aquatic Center. The evaluation of competing firms and individuals will place particular emphasis on determining which firm is most likely to be able to meet all four objectives listed above. Interested firms should assure that their proposals explain how, if selected, they will go about meeting these goals. In addition, Contractors shall clearly detail how their prior experience, and that of their key personnel, has equipped them to succeed in meeting the 13 :City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division _. __. _ objectives. The selected Contractor will, from the onset, be held to a high level of performance in management, operations, programming and customer service. B. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED 1. Manage and operate the swimming pool, children's sprayground, and pool deck areas. Contractor shall provide for the operation of the facility seven (7) days per week, Monday through Saturday from 9:00 A.M. to 7:OOP.M. and Sunday 9:OOA.M. to 4:OOP.M. The City reserves the right to extend the hours, with at least seven (7) days notice to the Contractor. The facility shall operate a minimum of 67 hours per week except for the week of Thanksgiving as the facility will be closed on that holiday. The facility is closed to the public for open swim during the months of December, January and February. The successful Offeror, however, shall continue to provide swim lessons and water exercise classes during those months. Any changes in hours of service (other than those dictated by emergencies) shall be made with prior approval of the City. 2. Develop, implement and supervise instructional programs including but not limited to swim classes, lap swim, open swim, swim team, water exercise programs, pool rentals and special events for participants of all ages and abilities. Complete and maintain attendance records for all programs. Work with City staff to develop and implement programs that will maximize service, revenue and participation. Instructional swim classes must meet Broward County Swim Central Criteria. 3. Maintain the swimming pool and related mechanical systems in accordance with the requirements of the Florida Department of Health, Broward County Health Department, and Florida Department of Agriculture Bureau of Fair Rides Division. 4. Test safety equipment and water quality, and vacuum the pool on a daily basis. Provide routine maintenance and clean all pumps, drains, filtering devices and associated equipment. Backwash the filter system as required by the manufacturer. 5. Maintain the pool, water sprayground, pool deck, storage areas, offices, restrooms, locker rooms and entrance areas in a clean, safe and inviting manner including the collection of trash and debris. City to provide maintenance of restrooms, locker rooms and offices each day in the evening. 6. Regulate and maintain a positive controlled environment and provide for the enforcement of pool rules and regulations. 7. Supply and ensure adequate inventory of first aid supplies and pool chemicals adequate to the size and operation of the facility. 8. Provide written reports on equipment and pool safety checks, water quality tests, life expectancy of equipment, inventory of supplies and program attendance as required by the City. 9. Provide set up and break -down for programs, lessons, swim meets and special events. 10. Manage customer service complaints or inquiries and distribute surveys according to City protocol. 11. Ensure all staff are provided with professional and identifiable uniforms. 12. Provide after hours emergency contacts for the on -site manager and supervisor. 14 City_of Tamarac C. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS and Contracts Division 1. The on -site Manager for the Contractor, and the Management Team must have, at a minimum, the following expertise, certification, or proven capability: • Five (5) years experience in managing an aquatic facility of comparable or greater size and budget. • Possess a Certified Pool Operator (CPO) or Aquatic Facility Operator (AFO) certification. • Possess a current First Aid and CPR AED Certification. • Experience in planning, organizing, and implementing instructional classes, exercise and fitness programs and sanctioned swim competitions. • Evidence of knowledge of current aquatic industry standards of care related to water chemistry and disease prevention procedures; lifeguard best practices; use of adjunct equipment (i.e. rescue equipment, automatic external defibrillator units and emergency oxygen). • Evidence of knowledge of current risk management best practices, community based programming, competitive swimming and event management. • Experience in successfully implementing aquatic risk management procedures that include at a minimum, facility operational audits, lifeguard performance audits, and vigilance awareness validation. 2. All employees are required to have First Aid and CPR AED Certifications. Instructors providing lessons are required to have a Life Guard Certification and Water Safety Instructor Certification, or the equivalent, as well as training or certification in adaptive aquatics for persons with disabilities. 3. The Successful Offeror will be responsible for hiring the appropriate number of qualified personnel to conduct the daily operation and management of the facility and will comply with all federal, state and local laws related to minimum age, social security, nondiscrimination, Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA"), unemployment compensation, and workers' compensation who will be employed exclusively for the performance of said contract. All personnel employed by the Successful Offeror shall be paid in accordance with the Federal Minimum Wage Law. The Successful Offeror shall be responsible for the payment of all, employment taxes, social security taxes and background checks related to the employment of said personnel. Personnel employed by the contractor shall be required to pass a Level 2 criminal background check pursuant to section 435 of the Florida Statutes and a sexual offender check. The criminal background check shall consist of a Florida Department of Law Enforcement ("FDLE") Florida Crime Information Center/National Crime Information Center (FCIC/NCIC) criminal records check. Any employee not meeting this requirement will not be permitted to work at the Aquatic Facility or any other City facility. 4. All personnel employed by the contractor in the performance of fulfilling the contract shall be considered employees of the contractor and not of the City. All Federal (OSHA), State and Broward County standards must be followed for both the employees and participants with respect to Bloodborne Pathogens and infectious diseases. The City shall have the right to request replacement of any of 15 City qo Tamarac _ Purchasing and Contracts Division the contractor's employees whose conduct, character or performance is not in the best interest of the City. The contractor agrees to make replacement of said employees within five (5) calendar days. 5. All lifeguards will hold a minimum qualification of an advance lifeguard certificate from a nationally recognized certification program (such as Red Cross, Ellis, or Starfish Aquatics), and preferably be at least 18 years of age. Said personnel will be furnished in a manner to operate the Aquatic Center in the safest manner possible and in the best interest of the City. All management personnel (pool manager, pool assistant manager and head guards) and lifeguards shall be trained and certified in operation of the City owned "Automatic External Defibrillator" unit. D. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the care and repair of City property used for the operation of the Aquatic Center. The Contractor will be held accountable for those losses or damages to City owned property during hours of operation of the pool. 2. Damaged or malfunctioning equipment shall be reported immediately to the Parks and Recreation Department. If not reported, Contractor shall be responsible for damages. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting and maintaining all health and safety standards, regulations and condition of the pool water as set forth by the Florida Department of Health, Broward County Health Department and the City of Tamarac for the operation of the Pool. 4. The highest standards of safety, professionalism, customer service, and instructional excellence are required. The facility shall be managed so that the needs of all the users are recognized and accommodated. 5. All employees will be expected to represent the City of Tamarac in a positive manner and provide exceptional customer service. Employees will be expected to adhere to the City of Tamarac's customer service expectations by following the principles of professionalism, accuracy of information, responsiveness and timeliness in meeting customer needs. 6. Contractor must recognize the City's objective of making the facility as self- supporting as possible. Attainment of this goal requires that the Contractor aggressively market the facility and assure that operations conform to the highest professional business and management standards. 7. Contractor must maintain the swimming pool, sprayground and related mechanical systems at a high standard in accordance with recommended guidelines. A preventive maintenance plan will be implemented to extend the life expectancy of the facility and equipment to assure operational reliability and potentially reduce costs. To this end, the successful contractor shall monitor the mechanical systems and provide due diligence in notifying the City of any potential problems. 8. Purchase, store, and administer chemical treatments. 9. Recruit, hire, train, schedule, and supervise employees. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove any proposed staffing schedule. 10. Provide uniforms and ensure employees are well identified at all times. 11. Develop and implement operating policies and procedures that will be consistent with the City's operating policies and procedures. 16 i� o fa r —-.___._.._ _ ___.__.__.._ --�- Purchasirgand Contracts Division 12. Develop, implement and assist with emergency management plans and facility preparedness for all possible emergencies, including procedures for heightened security alerts, and hurricane preparedness. 13. Conduct nationally certified in-service employee training programs to ensure the highest safety standards. 14. Develop and implement an aquatic risk management plan and marketing plan. 15. In conjunction with the Parks and Recreation Department, contractor will prepare a capital improvement plan that recommends equipment replacement and acquisition in current and future years. The plan will be presented in accordance with the City's budget schedule for the next fiscal year. 16. Assume all risk and liability for the operation and management of the swimming pool and children's activity area (excluding parking lot and areas outside swimming facility). 17. Monitor user group schedules and lane assignments to maximize pool use, facility space and revenue. 18. Assist with the development and implementation of camp and rental group guidelines regarding safety of participants, staff, and counselors. The guidelines shall address appropriate behavior and expected counselor to child ratio while on the pool deck, in pool and in the locker/bathroom. 19. Enforce all rules and regulations stipulated by the City and suggest and advise with regard to additional rules and regulations for the operation of the pool. 20. Complete and maintain detailed documentation and records of all incidents, accidents, and rescues with regards to programs, participants, employees, mechanical, and structural and the steps taken to rectify the incident. Contractor will immediately report all incidents, accidents and rescues along with a copy of the detailed report to include all circumstances and individuals surrounding the incident and specific location. 21. The Contractor, at its own expense, shall provide all personnel necessary to perform the services of this contract; none of whom shall be employees of, nor have any contractual relationship with City of Tamarac. All of the services hereunder will be performed by the Contractor under its supervision, and all personnel engaged in the work shall be fully qualified and shall be authorized or permitted under law to perform such services. This shall include required lifeguards, instructors, lesson coordinators, supervisors, managers and any other employees which are required and necessary to operate the facility. 22. The Contractor will establish a Drug -Free Workplace by requiring drug screening of all new employees and allow for drug testing. Drug testing will be at the expense of the Management Firm, and shall be administered in accordance with applicable Florida State statutes. 23. No physical improvements or changes to the Aquatic Center facility will be allowed without written authorization from the City of Tamarac. 24. The Contractor is required to participate in a complete aquatic review program as provided by a proven nationally recognized program. The costs to participate in such programs shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 25. Contractor shall be responsible for the purchasing of items necessary in the daily 17 of Tamarac I Purchasino and Contracts Division operation of the facility. These items include but are not limited to pool cleaning equipment, pool chemicals, filter media (when replacement is required), first aid supplies, minor repair parts and service for pool equipment. 26. The Contractor shall be responsible, at it's own expense, for obtaining all necessary permits and licenses required by applicable laws, rules and/or regulations necessary for the operation of the facility. E. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CITY OF TAMARAC 1. Provide office space for on site manager, lifeguards and first aid. 2. All physical repair and maintenance services of the Aquatic Center necessary to assure a safe, well maintained and attractive facility. The City will be responsible for custodial services supplied at night, once a day. 3. Maintenance and replacement of the building, structures, utilities, and surrounding areas including shrubbery, waste, and other debris. 4. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and licenses required by applicable laws, rules and/or regulations necessary for the operation of the facility. 5. The Parks and Recreation Department will be responsible for the collection and deposit of all revenue to the City's account. 6. In conjunction with the Management Firm, the Parks and Recreation Department will formulate a revenue and expense budget. 7. The City will determine rental contract conditions, requirements, and fees and assure that user groups follow industry standard safety practices in compliance with any applicable Federal, State of Florida, or other local ordinances. 8. The City will provide security for the facility, including a monitored alarm, security cameras and lighting detection system. 9. The Parks and Recreation Department will supervise any City employees assigned to work at the Aquatic Center. 10. The City will provide all janitorial supplies (paper towels, soap, trash bags, toilet paper, cleaners, light bulbs, etc) for the facility. 11. The City will furnish water, telephone, and electricity, and will be responsible for the payment of all utilities. Any employees who make unauthorized long distance phone may be required to reimburse the City. 12. City will be responsible for major repair of equipment. 13. Notwithstanding this or any other section, nothing shall prevent the City of Tamarac from the right to inspect pool, buildings, fixtures, improvements, furnishings, machinery or equipment at any time, hat are a part of this Contract. F. DELIVERABLES 1. Provide an organizational chart which includes a visual delineation of the Contractors organizational structure and points of contact for the firm. 2. Provide details of the firm's representative(s) who will work directly with the City on a daily basis including the name of the Contractors Aquatic Center Manager (the resident manager who will be responsible for day-to-day management), to include experience, background and qualifications. W City of Tamarac Purchasir�g and Contracis Division 3. Provide a description or outline of your proposed structure to manage facility operations in accordance with the Scope of Services. This should include assignment of personnel by position and their overall role within the Contractors organization. 4. The Contractor shall keep and maintain adequate records, which reflect safety and maintenance inspections, chemical levels, injuries, incidents, payroll records, revenues and expenditures and any other information necessary to properly manage the facility. These records are to be available for review by the City upon notification. G. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE Proposer would be required to begin the pool management services effective January 1, 2012. VI. PROPOSAL SELECTION The City Manager will appoint an Evaluation and Selection Committee to review Proposals. The City reserves the right to select the Proposer who represents the best qualifications and value, and to accept or reject any proposal submitted in response to this solicitation. The City's Evaluation and Selection Committee will act in what they consider to be the best interest of the City and its residents. Price shall not be the sole determining factor for selection, as indicated in the following section. VII. EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS A. EVALUATION METHOD AND CRITERIA An Evaluation and Selection Committee has been appointed by the City Manager and will be responsible for selecting the most qualified firm and then negotiating a contract. The Proposers with the highest -ranked submittals may be asked to make a detailed presentation of their product/service to the Evaluation and Selection Committee. All Proposers are advised that in the event of receipt of an adequate number of Proposals which in the opinion of the Evaluation Committee require no clarification and/or supplementary information, such Proposals may be evaluated without discussion. Hence, proposals should be initially submitted on the most complete and favorable terms which Proposers are capable of offering to the City. After presentations, firms will be assigned a final score, with the highest -ranked firm moving forward to the negotiation phase. Upon successful negotiation, a recommendation for award will be considered by the City Commission. No work on this project shall proceed without written authorization from the City of Tamarac. The City reserves the right to enter into contract negotiations with the selected Proposer. If the City and the selected Proposer cannot negotiate a successful contract, the City may terminate such negotiations and begin negotiations with the next selected Proposer. No Proposer shall have any rights against the City arising from such negotiations. The City's evaluation criteria may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: Compliance with Request for Proposals [Mandatory]. This refers to the adherence to all conditions and requirements of the Request for Proposals. 19 CitLof Tamarac Pu chasi and Contracts i?ivision 2. Quality of Response i. Clearly demonstrated understanding of the work to be performed. ii. Completeness and reasonableness of the offeror's plan/proposal for accomplishing the tasks. iii. Level of creativity demonstrated by the offeror's proposed methodologies for meeting the requirements of this proposal. 3. Services to be Provided. This refers to the exact type and nature of the offeror's proposed services and how they accomplish the objectives of the project, specifically, the requirements objectives that relate to Safety, Customer Service, Programming and Vision/Direction, as enumerated in Section V. A. "Scope of Proposal" herein; as well as the ability to rapidly respond to the City's needs. 4. (Qualifications of the Contractor. Offeror's capability in all respects to perform fully the contract requirements, and the tenacity, perseverance, experience, integrity, and reliability which will assure good faith performance, as well as satisfactory reference verification. This criteria includes: The experience of the firm and its record on engagements of a similar nature, including the ability to serve in a similar capacity for other units of government or organizations. Personnel to be assigned to the project, and their education, capabilities, qualifications and experience with similar projects Reference information gathered from other entities regarding the past experience of the firm; and iv. Other areas addressed in the Statement of Work herein. 5. Costs (Price)/Revenue. This refers to the proposed annual not -to -exceed operational fee plus the annual minimum management fee. Please note that it is anticipated that the annual minimum management fee will be paid by revenues collected for gate admissions and class/program revenues. (Please note that price is only one factor for consideration of award). The offeror shall propose an annual not -to -exceed operational fee for execution of services under this Agreement. The offeror shall include an annual minimum management fee which shall be based on shared revenues for admission gate collections and class/program fees. In the event that revenues are insufficient to pay the minimum management fee, the City shall make an annual lump sum payment to Contractor forthe difference between actual revenue received by the Contractor, and the minimum management fee. Such payment shall be made in arrears. In the event that revenues completely cover the minimum management fee, the City will not be liable for payment of the fee for that contract year; 20 Cit of Tamarac _....__...�.__._ — Purchasitxg and Contracts Division however, Contractor will continue to receive revenue from the contracted percentage of gate and class/program fees. iii. Other costs/pricing as may be requested on the Proposal Pricing Form herein. iv. If proposing costs which may include alternate programs or services not covered in the base bid pricing, the offeror, when offering such alternative services must provide a detailed explanation of additional optional services to be offered. v. In soliciting requests for the management and operation of the City of Tamarac Caporella Aquatic Center, the City encourages imaginative and innovative approaches. Offerors should consider the full range of management options in developing their proposals. Of particular interest to the City is the offeror's ability to deliver a full scope of aquatic services that are broad -range and diverse, as well as allow for ample community use of the venue. B. ACCEPTABLITY OF PROPOSALS The Offer shall be evaluated solely in accordance with the criteria set forth herein. The proposals shall be categorized as follows: 1. Acceptable; 2. Potentially Acceptable; that is reasonably susceptible of being made acceptable; or 3. Unacceptable. C. AWARD OF AGREEMENT Award shall be made by the City to the responsible offeror whose proposal is determined to be the most advantageous to the City, taking into consideration price and the evaluation criteria set forth herein below. The City of Tamarac reserves the right to accept the Proposal as a whole, or for any component thereof if it appears to be in the best interest of the City. D. WEIGHTED CRITERIA Points will be assigned to each proposal based on the following weighted criteria: CRITERIA MAXIMUM POINTS 1. Compliance with Request for Proposal (Mandatory) N/A 2. Quality of Response 15 points 3. Services to be Provided 40 points 4. Qualifications of the Proposer/Expertise 25 points 5. Costs/(Price)/Revenue 20 points 21 _City of Tamarac — -- Purchasim and Contracts Division These weighted criteria are provided to assist Proposers in the allocation of their time and efforts during the proposal preparation process. The criteria also guide the Evaluation Committee during the short -listing and final ranking of proposers by establishing a general framework for those deliberations. Once the Proposals are evaluated, a "short-list" may be selected to make presentations to the Evaluation and Selection Committee, prior to a recommendation for award. E. DISCUSSIONS & PRESENTATIONS The short-listed Proposers may be requested to make presentations to the Committee. The City may require additional information after evaluation of the submittals, and Proposers agree to furnish such information upon the City's request. All Proposers are advised that in the event of receipt of an adequate number of proposals, which in the opinion of the Evaluation Committee require no clarification and/or supplementary information, such proposals may be evaluated without discussion or need for presentations. Hence, proposals should be initially submitted on the most complete and favorable terms which offerors are capable of offering to the City. The Evaluation Committee may conduct discussions with any Proposer who submits an acceptable or potentially acceptable proposal. Proposers shall be accorded fair and equal treatment with respect to any opportunity for discussion and revision of proposals. The Evaluation Committee reserves the right to request the Proposer to provide additional information during this process. F. RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSALS To the extent permitted by applicable state and federal laws and regulations, City reserves the right to reject any and all Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the work, and to disregard all nonconforming, non -responsive, unbalanced or conditional Proposals. Proposals will be considered irregular and may be rejected if they show serious omissions, alterations in form, additions not called for, conditions, unauthorized alterations, or irregularities of any kind. City reserves the right to reject any Proposal if City believes that it would not be in its best interest to make an award to a particular Proposer, either because the Proposal is not responsive, the Proposer is unqualified, of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent criteria established by City within the scope of this solicitation. Vill. PROPOSAL COPIES Return One (1) original and Six (6) copies in an envelope marked with your firm's name and "RFP 12- 02R, Swimming Pool Management Services to the City of Tamarac, Purchasing & Contracts Division, 7525 NW 88'h Avenue, Tamarac, Florida 33321, attention: Keith K. Glatz, CPPO, Purchasing and Contracts Manager. Any addenda become part of this Request of Proposal and the resulting agreement. The Proposal Form included herein should be signed by an authorized company representative, dated and returned with the Proposal. No negotiations, decisions or actions shall be initiated or executed by the Proposer as a result of any discussions with any City employee. Only those communications that are issued in writing from the Purchasing & Contracts Division may be considered as a duly authorized expression. Also, only communications from Proposers that are signed in and in writing will be recognized by the City as duly authorized expressions on behalf of the Proposer. Separate Sealed Envelope: The Cost/Revenue proposal shall be submitted in a separate, sealed IN of Tamarac and Contracts Division envelope along with the Technical Proposal. Failure to include a complete Technical and Cost/Price Proposal may result in disqualification of the Proposal. CONTACT WITH PERSONNEL OF THE CITY OF TAMARAC OTHER THAN THE PURCHASING AND CONTRACTS MANAGER OR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING THEIR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS MAY BE GROUNDS FOR ELIMINATION FROM THE SELECTION PROCESS. 23 q�ty of Tamarac Pirr� and Canfrac#s Qiuision PROPOSAL PRICING FORM RFP 12-02R SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES 1. Annual Operational Fee. Please state the proposed not -to -exceed amount for an annual guaranteed minimum fixed fee for services to be provided: 2. Annual Minimum Management Fee. In addition to the Annual Operational Fee, upon opening of the facility, the City agrees to pay the Contractor an Annual Minimum Management Fee, which shall be in the form of shared revenues with the Contractor, based on the revenue percentages provided below. In the event that the Contractor's portion of shared revenue is less than the Annual Minimum Management Fee, the City shall provide a single lump sum payment in arrears. The Minimum Management Fee shall be as follows: Components of the Annual Minimum Management Fee: Gate Revenue. It is anticipated that this Agreement will provide for revenue sharing of proceeds collected for admission to the Aquatic Center. The amount of revenue paid to the Contractor should be expressed as a percentage of total revenue collected at the gate. The City shall pay the Contractor the following percentage of gate revenue, with the remainder to be retained by the City: % of total gate revenue Class/Program Revenue. Per the scope of this proposal, Contractor shall provide various classes and programs to participants at the Aquatic Center, and it is anticipated that such revenue will be shared with the City. The amount of revenue paid to the Contractor should be expressed as a percentage of total revenue collected for classes or programs provided by the Contractor. The City shall pay the Contractor the following percentage of class/revenue, with the remainder to be retained by the City: % of total class/program revenue TOTAL COST: (Annual Operating Fee + Annual Minimum Management Fee): L, Additional Costs Cost for After Hours Use. Occasionally, the City may program special events, or require that Contractor's staff be on -site after normal business hours. Please indicate the hourly cost, in addition to labor costs, to keep the facility open during non -business hours: $ / hour m Citv of Tamarac N PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY: Company Name: Address: City: Telephone: FAX: Email and Contracts DlVi3iOn State: Zip: The City of Tamarac desires to have the ability to use a city credit card for payment. Will your firm accept a Visa credit card as payment from the City of Tamarac? ❑ Yes ❑ No NOTE: To be considered eligible for award, one (1) original copy of this proposal form must be submitted with the Proposal. NO BID INDICATION (IF "NO BID" IS OFFERED): Please indicate reason(s) why a Proposal is not being submitted at this time. C t of Tamarac PurchasitV__2nd Contracts Division COMPANY NAME: (Please Print): Phone: Fax: BEFORE SUBMITTING YOUR PROPOSAL, MAKE SURE YOU... ❑ 1. Carefully read the General Terms & Conditions, Special Conditions and the General Requirements. ❑ 2. Provide a Technical Proposal and Work Plan. ❑ 3 Include a Cost/Price/Revenue Proposal (See Proposal Form). ❑ 4 Include your Schedule of implementation and staffing plan ❑ 5. Sign the Certification page. Failure to do so will result in your Bid being deemed non- responsive. ❑ 6. Fill out and sign the Certified Resolution (or firm's own corporate resolution). ❑ 7. Fill out and sign the Non -Collusive Affidavit and have it properly notarized. Fill out the Offeror's Qualification Statement and Reference Form. ❑ 8 Sign the Vendor Drug Free Workplace Form. ❑ 9 Sign and notarize the Non -Collusive Affidavit Form. ❑ 10 Include proof of applicable insurance ❑ 11 List any Sub -Contractor to be used, if applicable ❑ 12 Include all necessary Financial Statements as may be requested. ❑ 13 Provide any additional documentation requested within the Proposal Document. ❑ 14 Submit ONE (1) Original AND the number of copies requested in the Proposal Instructions. Clearly mark the sealed container with the PROPOSAL NUMBER AND PROPOSAL NAME on the outside of the package. Make sure your Proposal is submitted PRIOR to the deadline. Late Proposals will not be accepted. Failure to provide the requested attachments may result in your proposal being deemed non -responsive. THIS SHOULD BE THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR PROPOSAL. a City of Tamarac PurchasitUand Contracts Division REFERENCES Please list government agencies and/or private firms with whom you have done business during the last five years: Your Company Name Address City State Zip Phone/Fax E-mail Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name M i of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division CERTIFICATION THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE PROPOSAL We (1), the undersigned, hereby agree to furnish the item(s)/service(s) described in the Invitation to Bid. We (1) certify that we(I) have read the entire document, including the Scope of Work, Additional Requirements, Supplemental Attachments, Instructions to Proposers, Terms and Conditions, and any addenda issued. We agree to comply with all of the requirements of the entire Request for Proposals. Indicate which type of organization below: INDIVIDUAL ❑ If "Other", Explain: Authorized Signature Typed/Printed Name Telephone Fax PARTNERSHIP ❑ CORPORATION ❑ OTHER ❑ Email address for above signer (if any) Company Name Address City, State, ZIP Federal Tax ID Number W of Tamarac IPurchasit-c and Contracts Division CERTIFIED RESOLUTION I, (Name), the duly elected Secretary of (Corporate Title), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of , do hereby certify that the following Resolution was unanimously adopted and passed by a quorum of the Board of Directors of the said corporation at a meeting held in accordance with law and the by-laws of the said corporation. "IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED THAT (Name)", the duly elected (Title of Officer) of (Corporate Title) be and is hereby authorized to execute and submit a Bid and/or Bid Bond, if such bond is required, to the City of Tamarac and such other instruments in writing as may be necessary on behalf of the said corporation; and that the Bid, Bid Bond, and other such instruments signed by him/her shall be binding upon the said corporation as its own acts and deeds. The secretary shall certify the names and signatures of those authorized to act by the foregoing resolution. The City of Tamarac shall be fully protected in relying upon such certification of the secretary and shall be indemnified and saved harmless from any and all claims, demands, expenses, loss or damage resulting from or growing out of honoring, the signature of any person so certified or for refusing to honor any signature not so certified. I further certify that the above resolution is in force and effect and has not been revised, revoked or rescinded. I further certify that the following are the name, titles and official signatures of those persons authorized to act by the foregoing resolution. NAME TITLE SIGNATURE Given under my hand and the Seal of the said corporation this day of , 20_ (SEAL) By: Secretary Corporate Title NOTE: The above is a suggested form of the type of Corporate Resolution desired. Such form need not be followed explicitly, but the Certified Resolution submitted must clearly show to the satisfaction of the City of Tamarac that the person signing the Bid and Bid Bond for the corporation has been properly empowered by the corporation to do so in its behalf. 99 of Tamarac Purchasir and Contracts Division OFFEROR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT The undersigned certifies under oath the truth and correctness of all statements and of all answers to questions made hereinafter: SUBMITTED TO: City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Manager 7525 NW 88th Avenue Tamarac, Florida 33321 Check One Submitted By: Name: Address: City, State, Zip Telephone No. Fax No. ❑ Corporation ❑ Partnership ❑ Individual ❑ Other State the true, exact, correct and complete name of the partnership, corporation, trade or fictitious name under which you do business and the address of the place of business. The correct name of the Offeror is: The address of the principal place of business is: 1. If Offeror is a corporation, answer the following: a) Date of Incorporation: b) State of Incorporation: c) President's name: d) Vice President's name: e) Secretary's name: f) Treasurer's name: g) Name and address of Resident Agent: 30 City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division _ 2. If Offeror is an individual or a partnership, answer the following: h) Date of organization: i) Name, address and ownership units of all partners: j) State whether general or limited partnership: 3. If Offeror is other than an individual, corporation or partnership, describe the organization and give the name and address of principals: 4. If Offeror is operating under a fictitious name, submit evidence of compliance with the Florida Fictitious Name Statute. 5. How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? a) Under what other former names has your organization operated? 6. Indicate registration, license numbers or certificate numbers for the businesses or professions, which are the subject of this Bid. Please attach certificate of competency and/or state registration. 7. Have you personally inspected the site of the proposed work? ❑ YES ❑ NO 8. Do you have a complete set of proposal documents, including addenda? ❑ YES ❑ NO 31 Cif of Tamarac _ _ Purchasit_g and Contracts Division 9. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, state when, where and why: 10. State the names, telephone numbers and last known addresses of three (3) owners, individuals or representatives of owners with the most knowledge of work which you have performed and to which you refer (government owners are preferred as references). Name Address Telephone 11. List the pertinent experience of the key individuals of your organization (continue on insert sheet, if necessary). 12. State the name of the individual who will have personal supervision of the work: 13. State the names and addresses of all businesses and/or individuals who own an interest of more than five percent (5%) of the Offeror's business and indicate the percentage owned of each such business and/or individual: 14. State the names, addresses and the type of business of all firms that are partially or wholly owned by Offeror: M City of Tarrarac -- - Purchasir79 and Contracts Division 15. State the name of Surety Company which will be providing the bond, and name and address of agent: 16. Bank References: Bank Address Telephone 17. Attach a financial statement including Proposer's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: a) Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials, real estate, stocks and bonds, equipment, furniture and fixtures, inventory and prepaid expenses): b) Net Fixed Assets c) Other Assets d) Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries, real estate encumbrances and accrued payroll taxes). e) Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus, and retained earnings). 18. State the name of the firm preparing the financial statement and date thereof: 19. Is this financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? ❑ YES ❑ NO 20. If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). 33 City of Tamarac Pwsing and Contracts Division The Offeror acknowledges and understands that the information contained in response to this Qualification Statement shall be relied upon by owner in awarding the contract and such information is warranted by Offeror to be true. The discovery of any omission or misstatement that materially affects the Offeror's qualifications to perform under the contract shall cause the owner to reject the proposal, and if after the award, to cancel and terminate the award and/or contract. Signature ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OFFEROR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT State of County of On this the day of , 20_, before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State of Florida, personally appeared nd (Name(s) of individual(s) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and he/she/they acknowledge that he/she/they executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL OF OFFICE: IIE NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF FLORIDA (Name of Notary Public: Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) ❑ Personally known to me, or ❑ Produced identification: (Type of Identification Produced) ❑ DID take an oath, or 0 DID NOT take an oath City_ of Tamarac __ Purchasirx and Contracts Division NON -COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT State of ) )ss. County of ) being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: 1. He/she is the (Owner, Partner, Officer, Representative or Agent) of , the Offeror that has submitted the attached Proposal; 2. He/she is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Proposal and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Proposal; 3. Such Proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Proposal; 4. Neither the said Offeror nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, have in anyway colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Offeror, firm, or person to submit a collusive or sham Proposal in connection with the Work for which the attached Proposal has been submitted; or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Work; or have in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication, or conference with any Offeror, firm, or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Proposal or of any other Offeror, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost elements of the Proposal price or the Proposal price of any other Offeror, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement any advantage against (Recipient), or any person interested in the proposed Work; 5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Proposal are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement on the part of the Offeror or any other of its agents, representatives, owners, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: By Witness Witness Printed Name Title �qf�y of Tamarac q_qnd-Contractsl Division ACKNOWLEDGMENT NON -COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT State cfFlorida County of On this the ___ day mfbefore me, the undersigned NotaryPublicof the State of Florida, personally appeared and (Name(s) of individual(s) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and that he/she/they executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL OFOFFICE: NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE C]FFLORIDA (Name ofNotary Public: Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) [] Personally hnmvvn to nnm. or 0 Produced identification: (Type ofIdentification Produced) 0 DID take an oath, or 0 DID NOT take an oath of Tamarac _.. Purchasit and Contracts Division VENDOR DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE Preference may be given to vendors submitting a certification with their bid/proposal certifying they have a drug -free workplace in accordance with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. This requirement affects all public entities of the State and becomes effective January 1, 1991. The special condition is as follows: IDENTICAL TIE PROPOSALS - Preference may be given to businesses with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more proposals that are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received bythe State or by any political subdivision forthe procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie proposals will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a business shall: Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later that five (5) days after each conviction. 5. Impose a section on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this form complies fully with the above requirements. Authorized Signature M Company Name of Tamarac Purchasina and Contracts Division SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. 1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or Contract No. to the City of Tamarac for 2. This sworn statement is submitted by (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: 3. My name is (Print name of individual signing) My relationship to the entity named above is 4. 1 understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services, any lease for real property, or any contract for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. 1 understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non -jury trial, or entity of a plea of guilt or nolo contendere. 6. 1 understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: a. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or b. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The owner by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 38 Gift' of Tamarac _ Purchasirx and Gonfracfs C?Msion 7. 1 understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts led by a public entity or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on information and belief, the statement, which I have marked below, is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies.) ❑ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity were charged with and convicted of a public entity crime after July 1, 1989. ❑ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity was charged with and convicted of a public entity crime after July 1, 1989. ❑ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one of its officers, director, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or the affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. (Attach a copy of the final order.) I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (ONE) ABOVE, IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. (Signature) (Date) 19 City of Tamarac Purchasi'rganci Contracts Division ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of Florida County of On this the day of , 20_, before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State of Florida, personally appeared and (Name(s) of individual(s) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and he/she/they acknowledge that he/she/they executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL OF OFFICE: NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF FLORIDA (Name of Notary Public: Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) ❑ Personally known to me, or ❑ Produced identification: (Type of Identification Produced) ❑ DID take an oath, or ❑ DID NOT take an oath am Cif _ of Tamarac _.._. �.._ _- Purchasinc7 and Contracts Qivision FORM AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF TAMARAC AND THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _ day of , 20_, by and between the City of Tamarac, a municipal corporation with principal offices located at 7525 N.W. 88th Ave., Tamarac, FL 33321 (the "City") and , a corporation with principal offices located at (the "Contractor") to provide for Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the City and Contractor agree as follows: 1) The Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Proposal Document No. 12-02R, "Swimming Pool Management Services", including all conditions therein, (General Terms and Conditions, Special Conditions and/or Special Provisions), drawings, Technical Specifications, all addenda, the Contractor's bid/proposal included herein, and all modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. In addition, a Schedule of Payments is included as part of this agreement attached as . These contract documents form the Agreement, and all are as fully a part of the Agreement as if attached to this Agreement or repeated therein. In the event that there is a conflict between the RFP 12-02R as issued by the City, and the Contractor's Proposal, RFP 12-02R as issued by the City shall take precedence over the Contractor's Proposal. Furthermore, in the event of a conflict between this document and any other contract documents, this Agreement shall prevail. 2) The Work 2.1 The Contractor shall perform all work for the City required by the contract documents as set forth below: 2.1.1 Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide Swimming Pool Management Services for the Caporella Aquatic Center located at 9300 NW 58th Ave., Tamarac, Florida. 2.1.2 Contractor shall provide a lifeguard staff with minimum age of 16 years old. 2.1.3 Contractor shall supervise the work force to ensure that all workers conduct themselves and perform their work in a safe and professional manner. Contractor shall comply with all OSHA safety rules and regulations in the operation of equipment and in the performance of the work. Contractor shall at all times have a competent field supervisor on the job site to enforce these policies and procedures at the Contractor's expense. 2.1.4 Contractor shall provide the City with seventy-two (72) hours written notice prior to the commencement of services under this Agreement and prior to any schedule change with the exception of changes caused by inclement weather. 2.1.5 Contractor shall comply with any and all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations now in effect, or hereinafter enacted during the term of this Agreement, City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division which are applicable to the Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors, if any, with respect to the work and services described herein. 3) Insurance 3.1. Contractor shall obtain at Contractor's expense all necessary insurance in such form and amount as specified in the original bid or proposal document or as required by the City's Risk and Safety Manager before beginning work under this Agreement including, but not limited to, Workers' Compensation, Commercial General Liability, and all other insurance as required by the City, including Professional Liabilitywhen appropriate. Contractor shall maintain such insurance in full force and effect during the life of this Agreement. Contractor shall provide to the City's Risk and Safety Manager certificates of all insurances required under this section prior to beginning any work under this Agreement. The Contractor will ensure that all subcontractors comply with the above guidelines and will retain all necessary insurance in force throughout the term of this agreement. 3.2. Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless for any damages resulting from failure of the Contractor to take out and maintain such insurance. Contractor's Liability Insurance policies shall be endorsed to add the City as an additional insured. Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all deductibles and self- insurance retentions on Contractor's Liability Insurance policies. 4) Contract Term 4.1 The Agreement shall commence upon delivery of Notice To Proceed to the Contractor by the City, and shall be in place for a period of two (2) years. 4.2 The City shall reserve the right to renew at the same terms, conditions and pricing as the original Agreement for subsequent renewal periods of two (2) years each at the discretion of the City. 5) Consideration 5.1 In consideration of the Contractor's Services provided to the City, the City agrees to pay the Contractor an Operational Fee, and a percentage of operating revenues in accordance with the provisions of the attached "Schedule of Payments" included herein as 5.1.1 Annual Operational Fee: The City shall pay to the Contractor an operational fee not to exceed Dollars and Cents ($XX) in accordance with the "Schedule of Payments" included herein as 5.1.2 Annual Management Fee: In addition to the Annual Operational Fee, the City agrees to pay the Contractor Management Fee, which shall be in the form of shared revenues with the Contractor, based on the following requirements, in accordance with 5.1.2.1 Gate Revenues: The City shall pay to the Contractor, a sum equaling XX% of all gate revenues related to the swimming pool facility as defined in the "Schedule of Payments" included herein as The additional XX% of revenues shall be retained by the City. 42 City of Tamarac _ Purchasing and Contracts Division 5.1.2.2 Class/Program Revenues: The City shall pay to the Contractor a sum equaling XX% of all class/program revenues as defined in the "Schedule of Payments" included herein as The additional XX% of revenues shall be retained by the City. 5.1.2.3 The Contractor shall be entitled to a minimum guaranteed annual Management Fee of $ . In the event that the annual aggregate revenues in paragraphs 5.1.2.1 and 5.1.2.2 of this Agreement when dispersed to the Contractor total less than the minimum guaranteed annual Management fee at the end of the contract year, the City shall make a lump sum payment to the Contractor, which reflects the difference between the established Annual Management Fee and the actual total of aggregate revenues dispersed. Such lump sum payment shall be made in arrears. In the event that revenues completely cover the minimum management fee, the City will not be liable for payment of the fee for that contract year; however, Contractor will continue to receive revenue from the contracted percentage of gate and class/program fees. 5.1.3 After Hours Facility Use By City: If the City schedules to use the pool facility during the established operating hours for a special program or activity, the City shall provide the Contractor a minimum of seven (7) days notice and compensate the Contractor as follows: 5.1.3.1 City shall compensate the Contractor at a rate of $XX per hour plus actual labor costs. 5.1.3.2 Contractor will determine amount of lifeguards needed based on size and scope of program. 6) Payments Payment by the City will be made to the Contractor on a monthly basis in arrears, upon receipt of a detailed, accurate invoice from the Contractor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 "Consideration" of this agreement. All payments shall be dispersed prior to the 10th day of each month. All payments shall be governed by the Florida Prompt Payment Act, F.S., Part VII, Chapter 218 7) Indemnification 7.1. GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor shall, in addition to any other obligation to indemnify the City and to the fullest extent permitted by law, protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, their agents, elected officials and employees from and against all claims, actions, liabilities, losses (including economic losses), costs arising out of any actual or alleged: a). Bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property including the loss of use resulting therefrom, or any other damage or loss arising out of or resulting, or 43 City_af Tamarac -- _ _ Purchasiqg_and Contracts Division claimed to have resulted in whole or in part from any actual or alleged act or omission of the Contractor, any sub -Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable in the performance of the Work; or b). violation of law, statute, ordinance, governmental administration order, rule, regulation, or infringement of patent rights by Contractor in the performance of the Work; or c). liens, claims or actions made by the Contractor or any sub -Contractor under workers compensation acts; disability benefit acts, other employee benefit acts or any statutory bar. Any cost of expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by the City to enforce this agreement shall be borne by the Contractor. 7.2. Upon completion of all Services, obligations and duties provided for in this Agreement, or in the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the terms and conditions of this Article shall survive indefinitely. 7.3. The Contractor shall pay all claims, losses, liens, settlements or judgments of any nature whatsoever in connection with the foregoing indemnifications including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees (including appellate attorney's fees) and costs. 7.4. City reserves the right to select its own legal counsel to conduct any defense in any such proceeding and all costs and fees associated therewith shall be the responsibility of Contractor under the indemnification agreement. Nothing contained herein is intended nor shall it be construed to waive City's rights and immunities under the common law or Florida Statute 768.28 as amended from time to time. 8) Remedies 8.1 Damages: The City reserves the right to recover any ascertainable actual damages incurred as a result of the failure of the Contractor to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, or for losses sustained by the City resultant from the Contractor's failure to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. 8.2 Correction of Work: If, in the judgment of the City, work provided by the Contractor does not conform to the requirements of this Agreement, or if the work exhibits poor workmanship, the City reserves the right to require that the Contractor correct all deficiencies in the work to bring the work into conformance without additional cost to the City, and / or replace any personnel who fail to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. The City shall be the sole judge of non-conformance and the quality of workmanship. 9) Change Orders Without invalidating the contract, without any monetary compensation, and without notice to any surety, the City reserves and shall have the right to make increases, decreases or other changes to the work as may be considered necessary or desirable to complete the proposed engagement in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor shall not start work pursuant to a change order until the change order setting forth the adjustments is approved by the City, and executed by the City and Contractor. Once the change order is so approved, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the work. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments, if applicable) payable to the Contractor for performing the work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price or Time except as approved in writing by the City. 44 Gikof Tamarac W Purchasit7g and Contracts Division The Contract Price and/or Time may only be changed by a Change Order. A fully executed change order for any additional duties must exist before such extra duties are initiated. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than 15 days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. The amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered (unless the City allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph. In the event satisfactory adjustment cannot be reached by the City and the Contractor for any item requiring a change in the contract, and a change order has not been issued, the City reserves the right at its sole option to terminate the contract as it applies to these items in question and make such arrangements as the City deems necessary to complete the work. The cost of any work covered by a change order for an increase or decrease in the contract price shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a Guaranteed Maximum Price by the City and Contractor. If notice of any change in the contract or contract time is required to be given to a surety by the provisions of the bond, the giving of such notice shall be the Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable bond shall be adjusted accordingly. The Contractor shall furnish proof of such adjustment to the City. Failure of the Contractor to obtain such approval from the Surety may be a basis for termination of this Contract by the City. 10) Non -Discrimination & Equal Opportunity Employment During the performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, religion, age, national origin, marital status, political affiliation, familial status, sexual orientation, or disability if qualified. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, sex, religion, age, national origin, marital status, political affiliation, familial status, sexual orientation, or disability if qualified. Such actions must include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, promotion; demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor shall agree to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees that he/she will ensure that Sub -Contractors, if any, will be made aware of and will comply with this nondiscrimination clause. 11) Independent Contractor This Agreement does not create an employee/employer relationship between the Parties. It is the intent of the Parties that the Contractor is an independent contractor under this Agreement and not the City's employee for any purposes, including but not limited to, the application of the Fair Labor Standards Act minimum wage and overtime payments, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, the Social Security Act, the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the State Worker's Compensation Act, and the State Unemployment Insurance law. The Contractor shall retain sole and absolute discretion in the judgment of the manner and means of carrying out Contractor's activities and responsibilities hereunder provided, further that administrative procedures applicable to services rendered under this Agreement shall be those of Contractor, which policies of Contractor shall not conflict with City, State, or United States policies, rules or regulations relating to the use of Contractor's funds provided for herein. The Contractor agrees that it is a separate and independent enterprise from the City, that it had full opportunity to 45 Cif of Tamarac _ Eurch&O-V and Contracts Division_ find other business, that it has made its own investment in its business, and that it will utilize a high level of skill necessary to perform the work. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating any joint employment relationship between the Contractor and the City and the City will not be liable for any obligation incurred by Contractor, including but not limited to unpaid minimum wages and/or overtime premiums. 12) Assignment and Subcontracting Contractor shall not transfer or assign the performance required by this Agreement without the prior consent of the City. This Agreement, or any portion thereof, shall not be subcontracted without the prior written consent of the city. 13) Notice Whenever either party desires or is required under this Agreement to give notice to any other party, it must be given by written notice either delivered in person, sent by U.S. Certified Mail, U.S. Express Mail, air or ground courier services, or by messenger service, as follows: CITY City Manager City of Tamarac 7525 N.W. 88th Avenue Tamarac, FL 33321 With a copy to City Attorney at the following address: Goren, Cherof, Doody & Ezrol, P.A. 3099 East Commercial Blvd., Suite 200 Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308 CONTRACTOR 14) Termination 12.1 Termination for Convenience: This Agreement may be terminated by the City for convenience, upon seven (7) days of written notice by the City to the Contractor for such termination in which event the Contractor shall be paid its compensation for services performed to termination date, including services reasonably related to termination. In the event that the Contractor abandons this Agreement or causes it to be terminated, Contractor shall indemnify the city against loss pertaining to this termination. 12.2 Default by Contractor: In addition to all other remedies available to the City, this Agreement shall be subject to cancellation by the City for cause, should the Contractor neglect or fail to perform or observe any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or requirements herein contained, if such neglect or failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Contractor of written notice of such 46 Gib f Tamarac — —_-- - Purchasing and galtracfs Division neglect or failure. 15) Uncontrollable Forces 15.1 Neither the City nor Contractor shall be considered to be in default of this Agreement if delays in or failure of performance shall be due to Uncontrollable Forces, the effect of which, by the exercise of reasonable diligence, the non -performing party could not avoid. The term "Uncontrollable Forces" shall mean any event which results in the prevention or delay of performance by a party of its obligations under this Agreement and which is beyond the reasonable control of the nonperforming party. It includes, but is not limited to fire, flood, earthquakes, storms, lightning, epidemic, war, riot, civil disturbance, sabotage, and governmental actions. 15.2 Neither party shall, however, be excused from performance if nonperformance is due to forces, which are preventable, removable, or remediable, and which the nonperforming party could have, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, prevented, removed, or remedied with reasonable dispatch. The nonperforming party shall, within a reasonable time of being prevented or delayed from performance by an uncontrollable force, give written notice to the other party describing the circumstances and uncontrollable forces preventing continued performance of the obligations of this Agreement. 15.3 In the event that the Aquatic Center facility is closed due to uncontrollable forces as indicated in Section 15.1 of this Agreement, the Contractor shall not bill the City for the cost of hourly employees who are not working, unless such employees have been tasked to complete maintenance at the facility in an effort to restore the facility to operational status. Work provided by managerial and supervisory personnel who are working regardless of whether the facility is open, will continue to be compensated in a normal manner as provided by this Agreement. 16) Agreement Subject to Funding This agreement shall remain in full force and effect only as long as the expenditures provided for in the Agreement have been appropriated by the City Commission of the City of Tamarac in the annual budget for each fiscal year of this Agreement, and is subject to termination based on lack of funding. 17) Venue This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida as now and hereafter in force. The venue for actions arising out of this agreement is fixed in Broward County, Florida. 18) Signatory Authority The Contractor shall provide the City with copies of requisite documentation evidencing that the signatory for Contractor has the authority to enter into this Agreement. 19) Severability; Waiver of Provisions Any provision in this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability 47 ___rchasi and Contracts Division of such provisions in any other jurisdiction. The non -enforcement of any provision by either party shall not constitute a waiver of that provision nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Agreement. 20) Merger; Amendment This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the Contractor and the City, and negotiations and oral understandings between the parties are merged herein. This Agreement can be supplemented and/or amended only by a written document executed by both the Contractor and the City. 21) No Construction Against Drafting Party Each party to this Agreement expressly recognizes that this Agreement results from the negotiation process in which each party was represented by counsel and contributed to the drafting of this Agreement. Given this fact, no legal or other presumptions against the party drafting this Agreement concerning its construction, interpretation or otherwise accrue to the benefit of any party to the Agreement, and each party expressly waives the right to assert such a presumption in any proceedings or disputes connected with, arising out of, or involving this Agreement. 22) Budgetary Constraints In the event the City is required to reduce contract costs due to budgetary constraints, all services specified in this document may be subject to a permanent or temporary reduction in budget. In such an event, the total cost for the affected service shall be reduced as required. The Contractor shall also be provided with a minimum 30-day notice prior to any such reduction in budget. Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank 48 City of Tamarac Purchasing n Contracts Division IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have made and executed this Agreement on the respective dates under each signature. CITY OF TAMARAC, signing by and through its Mayor and City Manager, and CONTRACTOR, signing by and through its duly authorized to execute same. CITY OF TAMARAC Pamela Bushnell, Mayor Date ATTEST: Michael C. Cernech, City Manager Peter M.J. Richardson, CRM, CIVIC Date: City Clerk Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: Date City Attorney ATTEST: Company Name (Corporate Secretary) Signature of President/Owner Type/Print Name of Corporate Secy. Type/Print Name of President/Owner (CORPORATE SEAL) Date 49 C�of Tamarac __-----------_—T._._._.Purchasu and Contracts Division CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF SS COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an Officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared a , of , Corporation, to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged before me that he/she executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal this _ day of , 20_ Signature of Notary Public State of Florida at Large Print, Type or Stamp Name of Notary Public ❑ Personally known to me or ❑ Produced Identification Type of I.D. Produced ❑ DID take an oath, or ❑ DID NOT take an oath. 50 w N 4 N a LL w N W c N r-I C� F H fn W W U F- ho W o W m W Q W a� E J E a� L _Z LL 3 N VMIM ;t P viv WINIhIOI IMIVIe1•I� N O ,. U) U) U) U7 M M M v N N N N N N W TOO �I�f IMIMIMIMIMIM��INININI�ININ �I1IrILI�IIMIMIM 'o z �U N o y m .2 MINIM hININI NINININ O�INI.-I�l0) M d v U m « U d U d y G y 7 Vi : m o y 1 m ym a V O 05 m o y a a o I N � O M 7 V7 I-1cli N NN N 1110010 110 i..— — — �T OR M OD CD 00 0o O 00 Co W U)(O U) h NM N M 7't � M V ao co co n ao v . _ 0 z CO M Oi M �: U) O N 1. M 5 co`o .6a y g Z 3 N m , `o odi m `o c o d= co ay c o E o d c d ca c E-a; d •c �- o O J N o ` p rn c w i fn (n f (n ' cEp �° O ( f in Temp. Reso. #12164 Exh. 3 MI pool management inc. LA AQUATIC CENTER CAPOREL CITY OF TAMARAC 1. REQUIRED CITY FORMS 2. LETTER OF INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 3. AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENT 4. CONFLICT RESOLUTION AND EMERGENCY PLAN 5. RESUMES OF KEY MEMBERS 6. POS SYSTEMS 7. OPERATIONS MANUAL 8. MISC EXTRAS 9. MGMT/ STAFFING/ REVENUE/ ACTION PLAN Swim Lessons Service M,71- 1 `ente NATIONAL a►w a •oa. INLTITUT! Pool Repair Ctty of Tamarac Purchistog aoo C•orattacts Division COMPANY NAME: (Please Print) : fo !`tuv�agf-114. Phone: d S5 I y �� y Fax: 678 55*a 1531 BEFORE SUBMITTING YOUR PROPOSAL, MAKE SURE YOU... a1. Carefully read the General Terms & Conditions, Special Conditions and the General Requirements. 2. Provide a Technical Proposal and Work Plan. 3 Include a Cost/Price/Revenue Proposal (See Proposal Form). 4 Include your Schedule of implementation and staffing plan �5. Sign the Certification page. Failure to do so will result in your Bid being deemed non- responsive. 606. Fill out and sign the Certified Resolution (or firm's own corporate resolution). 7. Fill out and sign the Non -Collusive Affidavit and have it properly notarized. Fill out the Offeror's Qualification Statement and Reference Form. 8 Sign the Vendor Drug Free Workplace Form. 9 Sign and notarize the Non -Collusive Affidavit Form. 10 include proof of applicable Insurance iKi 1 List any Sub -Contractor to be used, if applicable 4212 Include all necessary Financial Statements as may be requested. 13 Provide any additional documentation requested within the Proposal Document. Submit ONE (1) Original AND the number of copies requested in the Proposal Instructions. Clearly mark the sealed container with the PROPOSAL NUMBER AND PROPOSAL NAME on the outside of the package. Make sure your Proposal is submitted PRIOR to the deadline. Late Proposals will not be accepted. Failure to provide the requested attachments may result in your proposal being deemed non -responsive. THIS SHOULD BE THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR PROPOSAL. 25 CITY OF TAMARAC PURCHASING AND CONTRACTS DIVISION 1 s ' 7525 NW 8C AvENUE TAMARAC,FL 33321 l "Committed to Excelence...Atways" ADDENDUM NO.1 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL 12-02R SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES DATE OF ADDENDUM: DECEMBER 5, 2011 TO ALL PROSPECTIVE PROPOSERS: The following clarifications, changes, additions and/or deletions are hereby made part of the Contract Documents for Request for Proposal #12-02R, SWIMMING POOL. MANAGEMENT SERVICES. The following questions have been received by the Purchasing & Contracts Division (Answers are shown in italics): 1. Q. What is the budget? A. The City currently pays approximately $28,000 per month from March to November when the pool is open, and $10, 000 per month from December 1" to February 281i/291h. We are not anticipating any additional cost. 2. Q. Is the Pool open during the same hours on March I'd as it is during the middle of summer? A. The pool is open until 7.00 p.m. from Memorial Day to Labor Day. Otherwise, except for the months of December — February, when the pool is closed to the public, the pool closes at 6.00 p.m. The pool opens at 9:00 a.m. 3. Q. Does the City require a specified number of lifeguards at this facility? A. The City will rely on the judgment of the proposer regarding the number of lifeguards (We have no specific requirements for the number required, however if the City believes that the number of lifeguards proposed is not sufficient, the City reserves the right to request additional lifeguards. 4. Q. Will the successful vendor be required to provide pool chemicals? A. The successful vendor will be responsible to maintain the pool in a safe manner in good operating condition, and is responsible for providing appropriate chemicals. 5. Q. Will the successful vendor be required to provide cashiers or snack bar personnel? A. No, the City will be responsible for staffing all cashier and snack bar personnel as may be required. All other terms, conditions and specifications remain unchanged for RFP # 12-02R. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1, by returning it and/or acknowledging it in your proposal. Sincerely, Keith K. Glatz, CPPO, FCPM Purchasing & Contracts Manager COMPANY: 4 NAME: 7525 NW 88th Avenue ■ Tamarac, Florida 33321-2401 ■ (954) 597-3570 ■ Fax (954) 597-3565 ■ www,tamorac.org Equal OpporiuNty Employer 1V 7 c_a 3v-'--'--'---'---------'-----_�._��------ : ,c.i , a'!:i :S err PROPOSAL PRICING FORM RFP 12-02R SWIMMING POOL MANAGEMENT SERVICES 1. Annual Operational Fee. Please state the proposed not -to -exceed amount for an annual guaranteed minimum fixed fee for services to be provided: $ 1'731]oq 2. Annual Minimum Manaue _meet Fee. In addition to the Annual Operational Fee, upon opening of the facility, the City agrees to pay the Contractor an Annual Minimum Management Fee, which shall be in the form of shared revenues with the Contractor, based on the revenue percentages provided below. In the event that the Contractor's portion of shared revenue is less than the Annual Minimum Management Fee, the City shall provide a single lump sum payment in arrears. The Minimum Management Fee shall be as follows: $ 98.)100 Components of the Annual Minimum Management Fee: Gate Revenue. It is anticipated that this Agreement will provide for revenue sharing of proceeds collected for admission to the Aquatic Center. The amount of revenue paid to the Contractor should be expressed as a percentage of total revenue collected at the gate. The City shall pay the Contractor the following percentage of gate revenue, with the remainderto be retained by the City: r o , 0 % of total gate revenue Class/Prouram Revenue. Per the scope of this proposal, Contractor shall provide various classes and programs to participants at the Aquatic Center, and it is anticipated that such revenue will be shared with the City. The amount of revenue paid to the Contractor should be expressed as a percentage of total revenue collected for classes or programs provided by the Contractor. The City shall pay the Contractor the following percentage of classtrevenue, with the remainder to be retained by the City: 504 0 % of total class/program revenue TOTAL COST: (Annual Operating Fee + Annual Minimum Management Fee): $ )WO 909 Additional Costs Cost for After Hours Use. Occasionally, the City may program special events, or require that Contractor's staff be on -site after normal business hours. Please indicate the hourly cost, in addition to labor costs, to keep the facility open during non -business hours: $._1y`' i_ / hour G: Cit✓ or Tairarac _ Purcnas;rgand Contracts Divis;on - PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY: 11. Company Name: ?00� NJ, C. Address: 0 5� c �V+� S� W- 301 City: A *A State: GA Zip: 30001 Telephone: 0 55 ' 71 � - 414Y FAX: 1 s31 Email: 000 Iin db%4 The City of Tamarac desires to have the ability to use a city credit card for payment. Will your firm accept a Visa credit card as payment from the City of Tamarac? ?% Yes ❑ No X NOTE: To be considered eligible for award, one (1) original copy of this proposal form must be submitted with the Proposal. NO BID INDICATION (IF "NO BID" IS OFFERED): Please indicate reason(s) why a Proposal is not being submitted at this time. 24 Gtv of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division REFERENCES Please list government agencies and/or private firms with whom you have done business during the last five years: n Your Company Name Address City State Zip Phone/Fax E-mail Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name Agency/Firm Name: Address City State Zip Phone/Fax Contact Name voy 307 3666 Troy P.,,'c v G 4 . 3oo-a H 770 101 S/ 30 M 26 Cty o` Tamarac- Purviasing and Contracts Division. CERTIFICATION THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE PROPOSAL We (1), the undersigned, hereby agree to fumish the item(s)/service(s) described in the Invitation to Bid. We (1) certify that we(1) have read the entire document, including the Scope of Work, Additional Requirements, Supplemental Attachments, Instructions to Proposers, Terms and Conditions, and any addenda issued. We agree to comply with all of the requirements of the entire Request for Proposals. Indicate which type of organization below: INDIVIDUAL ❑ PARTNERSHIP ❑ CORPORATION (X OTHER ❑ If "Others Expla A thorized Signature �ca�' ��eyiwS Typed/Printed Name 7111 00 Telephone 678 SSa 1531 Fax Email address for aklove signer (if -'«o r Xg444 —TT Company Name 50 <,J,1'QO-3Q1 Address AW" 3600 �t City, tate, ZIP "?o-)-gd)1F1 Federal Tax ID Number 27 City or rcgmarac �y Purchasingand Contracts Di0sion dx CERTIFIED RESOLUTION f 1 I, .4 -411 e5 (Name), the duly elected Secretary of (Corporate Title), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of LOA , do hereby certify that the following Resolution was unanimously adopted and passed by a quorum of the Board of Directors of the said corporation at a meeting held in accordance with law and the by-laws of the said corporation. "IT IS HEREBY RE LVED THAT (Name)", the duly elected P11t3jde1.4' (Title of Officer) of Pa j7nc. (Corporate Title) be and is hereby authorized to execute and submit a Bid and/or Bid Bond, if such bond is required, to the City of Tamarac and such other instruments in writing as may be necessary on behalf of the said corporation; and that the Bid, Bid Bond, and other such instruments signed by him/her shall be binding upon the said corporation as its own acts and deeds. The secretary shall certify the names and signatures of those authorized to act by the foregoing resolution. The City of Tamarac shall be fully protected in relying upon such certification of the secretary and shall be indemnified and saved harmless from any and all claims, demands, expenses, loss or damage resulting from or growing out of honoring, the signature of any person so certified or for refusing to honor any signature not so certified. I further certify that the above resolution is in force and effect and has not been revised, revoked or rescinded. I further certify that the following are the name, titles and official signatures of those persons authorized to act by the foregoing resolution. NAME TITLE SIGNATURE Given under my hand and the Seal of the said corporation this day of , 20 (SE L) By: 0[;�j6j. in 1�1 Secretary �U� Corporate Title NOTE: The above is a suggested form of the type of Corporate Resolution desired. Such form need not be followed explicitly, but the Certified Resolution submitted must clearly show to the satisfaction of the City of Tamarac that the person signing the Bid and Bid Bond for the corporation has been properly empowered by the corporation to do so in its behalf. cS Ctty of Tamarac y Purchasing and Comra,-ts Division OFFEROR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT The undersigned certifies under oath the truth and correctness of all statements and of all answers to questions made hereinafter: SUBMITTED TO: City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Manager 7525 NW 88`" Avenue Tamarac, Florida 33321 Submitted By: ?oo' Ma �, -�-v1C . Name: S44 Q ev,(~S Address: /affSO 91.4&&Y 4 S5 11% City, State, Zip A 0 t!.sc 000 4 Telephone No. S5 -7 9 y 6?6 y Fax No. % 7F SSA ISM Check One y'Corporation ❑ Partnership ❑ Individual ❑ Other State the true, exact, correct and complete name of the partnership, corporation, trade or fictitious name under which you do business and the address of the place of business. The correct name of the Offeror is: POO/ The address of the principal place of business is: 301 1. If Offeror is a corporation, answer the following: a) Date of Incorporation: ,k b) State of incorporation: c) President's name:vn S d) Vice President's name: �l /�/, e) Secretary's name: CA64A f) Treasurer's name: R&- + _ g) Name and address of Resident Agent: bb 29 Crty of Tamarac _ Purchasing and Contracts Di. isioo _ 2. If Offeror is an individual or a partnership, answer the following: h) Date of i) Name, address units of all partners: j) State whether general or limited partnership: 3. If Offeror is other than an individual, corporation or partnership, describe the organization and give the name and adorkss of principals: 4. If Offeror is operating under a fictitious name, submit evidence of compliance with the Florida Fictitious Name Statute. 5. How man years ars has your organization been in business under its present business name? a) Under whatotherfor er names has your organization operated? Kv W4t� TPr 0-M 1 6. Indicate registration, license numbers or certificate numbers for the businesses or professions, which are the subject of this Bid. Please attach certificate of competency and/or state registration. 7. Have you personally inspected the site of the proposed work? YES ❑ NO 8. Do you have a complete set of proposal documents, including addenda? OYES ❑ NO 30 C;tv cr Tamarac --, _ _ Purchasing end Cvnrr3�?(s D1V Siyr? 9. Have you eve`` failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, state when, where and why: ltl� 10. State the names, telephone numbers and last known addresses of three (3) owners, individuals or representatives of owners with the most knowledge of work which you have performed and to which you refer (government owners are preferred as references). Name Address Telephone 51+.1 4LAn 64. Tm 103 s13o A__--,...,E+1'e✓ F-kb t 671 ITS Y7 -7o 11. List the pertinent experience of the key individuals of your organization (continue on insert 12. State the name of the individual who will have personal supervision of thg work: f' I I el- '� A 1. , 1-, _ I r 11 13. State the names and addresses of all businesses and/or individuals who own an interest of more than five percent (5%) of the Offeror's business and indicate the percentage owned of each such business and/or individual: .. �# s 14. State the names, addresses and the type of business of all firms that are partially or wholly owned by Offeror: NZ City of Tamarac � Purchasing and Contracts Divisron 15. State the name of Surety Company which will be providing the bond, and name and address of agent: - 16. Bank References: Address 17. Attach a financial statement including Proposer's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: a) Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials, real estate, stocks and bonds, equipment, furniture and fixtures, inventory and prepaid expenses): b) Net Fixed Assets c) Other Assets d) Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries, real estate encumbrances and accrued payroll taxes). e) Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus, and retained earnings). 18. State the name of the firm preparing the financial statement and date thereof: 19. Is this financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? RYES ❑ NO 20. If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). S_ Cav of Tamarac _ Purchasing and Contracts Division The Offeror acknowledges and understands that the information contained in response to this Qualification Statement shall be relied upon by owner in awarding the contract and such information is warranted by Offeror to be true. The discovery of any omission or misstatement that materially affects the O roes qualifications to perform under the contract shall cause the owner to reject the proposal, a f after the awar to cancel and terminate the award and/or contract. ignature ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OFFEROR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT State of G Co, `, k-) County of On this the �day ofLV4A-(-�-,20 IL, before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State of Florida, personally appeared (Name(s) of individuals) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and he/she/they acknowledge that he/she/they executed it. WIT ESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE O F (;� NOTARY PUBLICy, i SEAL OF OFFICE:`�� (Name of Notary Publi . Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) Q" Personally known to me, or ❑ Produced identification: (Type of Identification Produced) 0166 take an oath, or ❑ DID NOT take an oath 33 City of Tamarac PurchasU`U and Contracts Division NON -COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT State of Q )ss. County of-. ) being first duly swom, deposes and says that: 1. He/she is the (Owner, Partner, Officer, Representative or Agent) of vo kh•c -+c . , the Offerorthat has submitted the attached Proposal; 2. He/she is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Proposal and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Proposal; 3. Such Proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Proposal; 4. Neither the said Offeror nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, have in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Offeror, firm, or person to submit a collusive or sham Proposal in connection with the Work for which the attached Proposal has been submitted; or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Work; or have in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication, or conference with any Offeror, firm, or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Proposal or of any other Offeror, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost elements of the Proposal price or the Proposal price of any other Offeror, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement any advantage against (Recipient), or any person interested in the proposed Work; 5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Proposal are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement on the part of the Offeror or any other of its agents, representatives, owners, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: BY Witness Witness Prinjed Na e l �rt Sr Title 34 Cty. of Tamarac i PLI!y WSM, and Contracts Q11031011 ACKNOWLEDGMENT NON -COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT State of Florida County of On this the - day of , 2011 , before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State of Florida, personally appeared �.�' and (Name(s) of individual(s) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and he/she/they acknowledge that he/she/they executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL OF OFFICE: 0 NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF F14DRfl3A �Z�rGti k Le. t (Name of Notary Pu lic: Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) Personally known to me, or ❑ Produced identification: (Type of Identification Produced) ❑ DID take an oath, or © DID NOT take an oath 35 City of Tanuvac Pt:rchasirg and Contracts Diyls(oo VENDOR DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE Preference may be given to vendors submitting a certification with their bid/proposal certifying they have a drug -free workplace in accordance with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. This requirement affects all public entities of the State and becomes effective January 1,1991. The special condition is as follows: IDENTICAL TIE PROPOSALS - Preference may be given to businesses with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more proposals that are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the State or by any political subdivision for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference, in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie proposals will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a business shall: 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or noio contendere to, any violation of chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later that five (5) days after each conviction. 5. Impose a section on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through imp#nentation of this section. As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that thily4op com i fully with the above requirements. ff d,& oet j,-C, Authorized Signature Company Name 36 "'a?asr a ii �o �c a rs �r isir SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. r,P � —0� 1. This sworn statement is submit*withg,. PrgqposaI or Contract No. �n(1• to the City of Tamarac for t��St V Ke-> 2. This sworn statement is submitted by �� )42A r+� . (Name of entity submitting swbrn statement) Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) �C LgO a l fa (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statemenh 3. My name is C!A• (A. Aies, (Print name of individual signing) My relationship to the entity named above is�SS 4. 1 understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services, any tease for real property, or any contract for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. 1 understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non jury trial, or entity of a plea of guilt or nolo contendere. 6. 1 understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: a. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or b. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The owner by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 37 Citv •?t ?arrarac Purchasing and Conhacts Division 7. 1 understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on - contracts led by a public entity or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on information and belief, the statement, which I have marked below, is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies.) ❑ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity were charged with and convicted of a public entity crime after July 1, 1989. ❑ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity was charged with and convicted of a public entity crime after July 1, 1989. ❑ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one of its officers, director, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or the affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. (Attach a copy of the final order.) I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (ONE) ABOVE, IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFOR TION ON JED IN THIS FORM. ignature) 13-T► I (Date) 38 City of Tamarac Pu,ch isin .?nL1 Contracts Division ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of Florida County of On this the day of 2011_, before me, the undersigned Notary Public of the State of Florida, personally appeared C i N e.$Jl 4— and (Name(s) of individual(s) who appeared before notary) whose name(s) is/are Subscribed to within the instrument, and he/she/they acknowledge that he/she/they executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF F6GFH$ACP NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL OF OFFICE: (Name of Notary Public: Print, Stamp, or Type as Commissioned) —1,3Personally known to me, or ❑ Produced identification: (Type of Identification Produced) ❑ DID take an oath, orEltll) NOT take an oath 39 MI Pool M=&Zement inc. RE: City of Tamarac/ RFP 12-02R Pool Operating and Management Please allow me this opportunity to introduce myself. My name is Scott and I represent Pool Management, Inc. We have over twenty years experience in successful recruiting, hiring, training and staffing facilities such as your own. Pool Management Inc. is the southeast's most professional pool management company providing every aspect of pool services to the finest communities, country clubs and city pools in the Southeast since 1996. Our company provides a total turnkey operation. Our programs include: • Providing professional and highly trained lifeguards • Providing professional swim instructors, facility managers and CPO's • Water aerobics and Aqua Jog classes • Swim lessons for special needs • Opening, closing and daily maintenance of your pool facility • Providing all chemicals and cleaning supplies • Concessions management • Parties and special events to encourage community involvement • Construction, maintenance, repair and renovation • 2,000,000.00 insurance protection While summer is quite a few months away, PMI is already planning for a fun and successful 2012 swim season to help promote your facility. It is my sincere hope that you may choose to include our company in the management and design of your facilities and operations. Sincerely, Scott Blevins President Pool Management Inc. Pool Management, Inc.1285o Highway 9 Suite 600-301 Alpharetta, Ga. 30004 855-794-6764/ Fax 678-352-0698 December 50, 2011 City of Tamarac Broward County Florida 7525 NW $80 Ave Tamarac FL 33321 Dear Mr. Glatz, 1'd like to thank the City of Tamarac for providing our company the opportunity to submit this proposal. Pool Management, Inc. has over 18 years experience in the management of aquatic facilities such as the Caporella Aquatic Center. We possess the resources and management skills to deliver top notch operations. To ensure safe operations of the Caporella Aquatic Center we will provide all staff with Lifeguard, CPR and First Aid Certification through the American Red Cross. We will have instructors on staff and on site that are certified to teach all of these certifications. The development and implementation of or programs will performed by an experienced staff. Our .Aquatic Director has 10 years experience and all of our Aquatic managers have a minimum of 3 years experience. Our Maintenance Department will do a thorough inspection of all equipment and custom design a strategy to best operate and maintain the equipment. Daily waikthroughs. and systems checklists will Insure the proper documentation and communication. We have unlimited resources when it comes to any repair needs and this of course is 2417. Technology is big part of the success of our company. We offer several options with POS systemsto maximize efficiency. POS systems can track guest counts, individual food and beverage sales, Inventory counts, time keepers for accurate payroll reports etc. We will find the best system specific to your operation and provide the training to the staff. Sincerely, Scott Bievins, President Pool Management, Inc. MI pool management inc. Pool Management, Inc. 12850 Highway 9 Suite 600-301 Alpharetta Ga. 30004 Phone:855-SWIMPMI Fax:678-352-0698 Scott Blevins President John Caswell Deb Fortune Carolina Lares Aquatics Director Human Resources Payroll Processing Lifeguard7Staffof 7Manager/ 30 w/ ins Luis Osorio Aquatic Maintenance Manager F intenancew member/PO (5ea) Page: 1 ", tevenues Summer Contract Income Winter Contract Income Maintenance Contract Income License & Permits Income Pool Supplies Income Pool Parties Income Swim Lessons Income Uniform Income Additional Guard Firs. Inc. Service/Rehab Income Lifeguard Training Income Interest Income Finance Charge Income Shipping Charges Reimbursed Flat Rate Fuel Surcharge Other income Sales/Fee Discounts Pool Management, Inc. Income Statement For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2010 Current Month Year to Date 931,271.66 85.44 $ 931,271.66 85.44 1,250.00 0.11 1,250.00 0.11 286.00 0.03 286.00 0.03 2,992.00 0.27 2,892.00 0.27 36,108.84 3.31 36,108.84 3.31 970.50 0.09 970.50 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.01 72.00 0.01 8,679.82 0.80 9,678.82 0.80 104,683.29 9.60 104,683.29 9.60 440.00 0.04 440.00 0.04 644.45 0.06 644.45 0.06 1,152.90 0.11 1,152.90 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,453.99 0.13 1,453.99 0.13 219.71 0.02 219.71 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (151.11) (0.01) (151.11) (0.01) Total Revenues 1,089,973.05 100.00 1,089,973.05 100.00 Cost of Sales Cost of Sales 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Lifeguard Labor Cost 327,351.73 30.03 327,351.73 30.03 Lifeguard Bonus Cost 8,143.14 0.75 8,143.14 0.75 abor - Opening Cost 7,787.39 0.71 7,787.39 0.71 Labor - Closing Cost 1,864.09 0.17 1,864.09 0.17 Labor - Supervisor Cost 14,290.00 1.31 14,290.00 1.31 Lifeguard Overtime Cost 4,194,16 0.38 4,194.16 0.38 Payroll Tax Cost 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Chemical Costs 52,056.55 4.78 52,056.55 4.78 Paper & Cleaning Costs 3,802.58 0.35 3,802.58 0.35 Licenses & Permit Costs 1,767.00 0.16 1,767.00 0.16 Pool Supplies Cost 42,919.92 3.94 42,919.92 3.94 Materials for Service Work 24,024.32 2.20 24,024.32 2.20 Subs for Service Work 65,495.77 6.01 65,495.77 6.01 Labor for Service Work 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Rental Equip. for Service 1,635.52 0.15 1,635.52 0.15 Equip. Purchase for Service 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Chemical Control Units 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Pool Parties Cost 22.50 0.00 22.50 0.00 Swim Lesson Cost 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Lifeguard Training Cost 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Uniform Cost 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total Cost of Sales 555,354.67 50.95 555,354.67 50.95 Gross Profit 534,618.38 49.05 534,618.38 49.05 Expenses Auto - Lease Expense 865.00 0.08 865.00 0.08 Auto - Maintenance Expense 14,670.99 1.35 14,670.99 1.35 Auto -Travel Expense 21,664.04 1.99 21,664.04 1,99 'auto - Insurance Expense 730.89 0.07 730.89 0.07 dank Fees Expense 2,858.76 0.26 2,858.76 0.26 Business Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Computer Expense 1,350.51 0.12 1,350.51 0.12 Dues & Subscription Expense 65.00 0.01 65.00 0.01 For Management Purposes Only Page: 2 Pool Management, Inc. Income Statement For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2010 Current Month Year to Date gaining Expense 6,376.00 0.58 6,376.00 0.58 Gifts Expense 1,918.25 0.18 1,918.25 0.18 General Liability Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Insurance Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Workers Comp Insurance Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Legal & Professional Expense 58,858.27 5.40 58,858.27 5.40 Draw Management Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Commission Expense 7,805.28 0.72 7,805.28 0.72 Profit Sharing Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Meals/Entertainment Expense 10,987.38 1.01 10,987.38 1.01 Medical Insurance Expense 300.00 0.03 300.00 0.03 Business Advertising Expense 7,599.14 0.70 7,599.14 0.70 Recruiting Advertising Expense 255.00 0.02 255.00 0.02 Telephone & Pager Expense 4,534.05 0.42 4,534.05 0.42 Office Supplies Expense 15,733.75 1.44 15,733.75 1.44 Office Equipment Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Payroll Tax Expense 1,617.99 0.15 1,617.99 0.15 Payroll Processing Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Postage Expense 2,938.54 0.27 2,938.54 0.27 Overnight Expense 20.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 Wages Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Rent Expense 5,091.25 0.47 5,091.25 0.47 State,Tederal Tax Expense 12,492.85 1.15 12,492.85 1.15 Sales Tax Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Interest Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Travel Expense 116,181.30 10.66 116,181.30 10.66 Utilities Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 `Jniform Expense for Full Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Charitable Contributions 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Corporate Office Expense 15,000.00 1.38 15,000.00 1.39 Purchase Disc -Expense Items 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total Expenses 309,914.24 28.43 309,914.24 28.43 Net Income $ 224,704.14 20.62 $ 224,704.14 20.62 For Management Purposes Only r Conflict Resolution Line up Discussion and Role Playing Win/Win Potential opponents are treated as problem -solving partners. Creative Response Positive attitudes to addressing conflicts are displayed. Empathy Speakers acknowledge the other team's point of view and add value to it. Appropriate Assertiveness Without blaming or attacking, the team's own needs are clearly stated. Co-operative Power Where power imbalance affects decision -making, appropriate responses to the inequalities are defined. Managing Emotions The speaker's emotions are expressed and the other team's emotions are acknowledged. Willingness to Resolve Benefits of resolving - for all parties - are developed. Mapping the Conflict All key parties are identified and their needs and concerns are outlined. Designing Options A wide range of options is considered without debating or justifying at this stage. Negotiation Fair, just and common sense offers are made. Mediation The option of an impartial and objective third party mediator is presented. Broadening Perspectives Suggested solutions are presented in terms of how they affect the broader context beyond the issue itself. EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN 1. INTRODUCTION The purpose of this procedure is to outline the action to be taken in the event of an emergency within the pool and poolside areas. In schools where certain features or activities exist which present specific risks requiring action differing from that outlined in this procedure, the CPO will include the process for dealing with emergency action in Appendix 1. The CPO will ensure staff are aware of their responsibilities in respect of this procedure. 2. RESPONSIBILITIES Responsibility for carrying out emergency action rests with swimming teachers and other pool staff. The CPO is responsible for controlling the incident / accident and for taking the decision to evacuate the pool. 3. PROCESS 3.1 Raising Alarms The method of communication using a whistle is as follows: - 1 Whistle Blast - attracts the attention of the pool users 2 Whistle Blasts - attracts the attention of other pool staff. 3 Whistle Blasts -indicates that the lifeguard is about to take emergency action - 1 Long Whistle Blast - attracts the attention of the pool users to prepare for an evacuation Whistles will be used sparingly and will be followed by relevant verbal or visual instruction, e.g. hand signals. Consideration will be given, where possible, to the timeliness of the whistle in relation to the activities being carried out in order to ensure users, e.g. divers, are not unduly distracted. 3.2 Minor Emergencies Minor incidents or emergencies, if handled properly, will not result in a life -threatening situation. Examples of incidents of this nature include a bather slipping on poolside, a minor cut or bruise and a simple reaching rescue. Whilst these may be routine, they may result in increased risk of a more serious incident if proper processes are not followed. In order to ensure an appropriate response, the teacher, on becoming aware t of the incident will follow the process below: - Notify other pool staff that they have to respond to an incident by blowing three _ whistles - Other pool staff will move to cover area or request additional assistance if necessary - A first aider will administer aid or provide appropriate assistance - Casualty will be referred to appropriate location - Accident / Incident Report completed as necessary 3.3 Maior Emergencies A major emergency is where an incident occurs resulting in a serious injury or life - threatening situation. In most cases, more than one member of staff will be involved and in extreme situations, all members of the team will be required to provide support. The process for dealing with major emergencies is as follows: - The swimming teacher will raise the alarm by using the pool alarm, blowing three whistles and/or use of hand signals - If the poolside drown alarm has not been activated, the nearest member of staff to the alarm will activate it - The teacher will initiate rescue / first aid and remove casualty from the area - The support team members will cover the area vacated, assist the teacher and evacuate the pool if necessary - The teacher will ensure an ambulance is requested, supply specialist equipment and take control of the situation, including managing and assisting other bathers. - A member of staff will be assigned to meet the ambulance crew to brief them and escort them to the scene of the incident - Responsibility is assigned to the ambulance crew once they start to treat the casualty - The teacher will ensure that safe levels of supervision are maintained for the duration of the incident and subsequent action - The teacher will ensure that all Accident / Incident Reports are completed and the necessary follow up action is taken. Actions to be taken in the event of specific emergencies are detailed in 3.4 to 3.10 below. 3.4 Fire Evacuation The arrangements in place for raising the alarm are as follows: - Break glass units are located ..................................... - On hearing the alarm WHO DOES WHAT to initiate an evacuation. Once the alarm has been raised those on poolside should blow their whistles as per the NOP and clear the pool as quickly as possible. Everyone should be directed to the nearest emergency exit. Thermal blankets will be issued if necessary and will be brought to the assembly point by .................... Once at the assembly point the person responsible for the pool will check all staff and pupils are present against the register and or signing in book. 3.5 Discovery of a Casualty in the Water The first response to a casualty in the water will be to consider performing a rescue by reaching with a pole or rope. Whenever possible, hand to hand contact will be avoided until the casualty is under control and the possibility of being pulled into the water is reduced. The pool will only be evacuated if necessary. The teacher will only enter the water to affect a rescue if other alternatives will not work. If entry into the pool is necessary, the process to be applied is as follows: — Attract the attention of another teacher/assistant and additional support by using the pool alarm and/or blowing the whistle loudly three times — If the poolside drown alarm has not been activated or alarm raised, the nearest member of staff to the alarm will activate/initiate it — If the teacher is carrying a radio, it will be placed on poolside prior to entry if possible — The teacher will enter the water in a safe manner, recover the casualty and land them at the nearest suitable landing point — The teacher(s) will follow resuscitation protocols in accordance with NPLQ and/or first aid training. These will be followed until the ambulance crew take over 3.5 Serious Injury to a Bather General The process for dealing with major emergencies as detailed in Section 3.3 will be followed in the event that a member of the .pool staff notices a bather with a serious injury. The teacher(s) will follow first aid/resuscitation protocols in accordance with NPLQ or first aid training. These will be followed until the ambulance crew takes over. In cases of serious injury, unconsciousness or suspected broken bones, patients will not be moved until first aid has been given. Head Injuries All head injuries will be treated as serious injuries and teachers will follow first aid/resuscitation protocols in accordance with their NPLQ or first aid training. In addition to following the major emergency process outlined in Section 3.3, the following action will be taken: - Casualties with face / head injuries will not be allowed to return to the pool - An ambulance will be called if the injury appears serious. If the injury appears less serious, the casualty will be made to dress and will be supervised by a responsible person whilst doing so - If there is any doubt as to the severity of the injury an ambulance will be called as there is possibility of delayed concussion/loss of consciousness occurring Aquatic Spinal Iniury All suspected spinal injuries will be treated as serious injuries and teachers will follow rescue / resuscitation protocols in accordance with their training. In addition to following the major emergency process outlined in Section 3.3, the following action will be taken: - On entering the water, the lifeguard must shout, "Lifeguard entering the water, suspected spinar` - All other pool users will be carefully directed away from the casualty in order not to disturb the water or the casualty. Once away from the casualty all bathers must clear the pool and will be directed away from the incident. - A minimum of 4 trained staff is required to recover a casualty using a spinal board. - A relative of the casualty will be informed of the incident. 3.7 Disorderly Behaviour It should be noted that incidents of this nature within the pool or around poolside may detract the attention of pool staff away from their primary duties of pool supervision and teaching. Assistance from other staff will be requested as soon as the teacher feels their attention is being drawn away from their primary, duties. 3.8 Lack of Water Clarity It is vital that all teachers and assistants can clearly see the bottom of the pool in order that a bather can be seen in the event of an,emergency. The following process will be followed in the event of poor water clarity: - If the pool water becomes cloudy, the member of staff or company responsible for swimming pool maintenance will be informed immediately. - A water test will be undertaken and plant will be checked for correct functioning. Appropriate remedial action will be undertaken. The remedial action is not possible or is not effective soon enough; the member of staff or company responsible for swimming pool maintenance and the swimming teacher will determine if it is safe for the pool to remain open. — Bathers will only be allowed back in the pool once the water quality has improved sufficiently to enable staff to clearly view the pool bottom and a satisfactory chemical balance has been confirmed. 3.09 Dealing with Blood. Vomit and Faeces In the event that blood, vomit and faeces are discovered in the pool or on poolside, the following procedure will be applied: — If substantial amounts of blood are spilled into the pool, it will be temporarily cleared of people to allow the pollution to disperse and any infectious particles within it to be neutralised by the disinfectant in the water. — When clearing blood, the correct personal protective equipment, i.e. disposable gloves must be worn. — Spillages of blood on poolside will be contained, covered in paper towels to enable the towels to soak up the blood and wiped up immediately. Blood will not be washed into the pool or poolside drains. Soiled towels will be disposed of properly in clinical waste bins, e.g. nappy bins. The area will then be disinfected. Vomit — If substantial amounts of vomit are spilled into the pool the affected pool will be closed to bathers in order to allow for its removal. — The vomit will be removed from the water using a scoop and placed in a bucket, the contents of which will be flushed down the toilet. — A minimum of "three turnover periods" of the affected pool will elapse to ensure the removal of any bacteria. — Prior to the pool re -opening a water quality test to ensure that chlorine levels and TDS levels are within the agreed parameters and a visual inspection will be carried out. — When clearing vomit, the correct personal protective equipment, i.e. disposable gloves must be worn. Spillages of vomit on poolside will be contained, covered in paper towels to enable the towels to soak up the vomit as much as possible and wiped up immediately. Vomit will not be washed into the pool or poolside drains. Soiled towels will be disposed of properly in clinical waste bins, e.g. nappy bins. The area will then be disinfected. - Any equipment that has been used to scoop up the vomit must be thoroughly disinfected before it is stored away Diarrhoea - If diarrhoea is discovered in the pool, the affected pool will be closed immediately, in order to allow for its removal. - The procedure for removing diarrhoea will be the same as for removing vomit. However, a minimum of "six turnover periods" to the affected pool will elapse to ensure the removal of bacteria. - Prior to the pool re -opening a water quality test to ensure that chlorine levels and TDS levels are within the agreed parameters and a visual inspection will be carried out. Solid Stools - If a solid stool is reported to be in the pool, it must be immediately retrieved from the pool using a scoop. The stool will be placed into a bucket and flushed down the toilet. - The decision to close the pool for a short period, e.g. to maintain customer care standards, rests with the Duty Manager - A careful visual check will be undertaken to ensure that no particles remain and a water test carried out to ensure that the quality of water is within defined parameters. - Any equipment that has been used to scoop up the stool must be thoroughly disinfected before it is stored away: Scott P. Blevins PROFILE Highly motivated, results driven professional with over 20 years of experience in - recruiting and staffing, business management and development. EXPERIENCE President/ Pool Management, Inc. (2002-current) Conduct weekly supervisor meetings for operations managers and project managers to ensure that all customers expectations are met or exceeded. Analyze and report results directly to Owners. Weekly Human Resource reviews with administrative assistants to ensure federal and state compliance. Make final decision on new employee hires. Ensure proper training. Conduct weekly client calls to ensure 100% customer satisfaction for all state and private contracts. Directed all business operations including concept design and development. Created key systems to hire and develop excellent teams. Interviewed, hired and trained all mangers to ensure a unified company standard. Created development plans for managers and key employees. Organize local marketing to promote sales growth. Monitored and measured results. Conducted daily line ups to inform and motivate staff. Weekly payroll administration. Daily labor review to ensure labor budget on target for week. Reviewed weekly inventory counts. Reconciled all counts to ensure a clean P&L. Reviewed results with management team to provide weekly/ monthly goals. Profit and Loss reconciliation reviewed monthly with investors Communicated with customers to ensure 100% satisfaction. Listened for feedback on service and implemented changes where necessary. Negotiated with vendors to ensure the lowest possible costs. Made adjustments to pricing based on the conditions of the time. Managing Partner/ General Manager Specialty Restaurant Group (1995-2002) Directed all Business operations including concept transitions for 10 units across the east coast. Achieved the status of Certified Training Unit. All new managers for district were hired and trained. Implemented key systems to increase sales through increased diner frequency. Monitored and measured through comment cards and suggestion boxes. Lowered turnover through increased team activities / contests and outings. Performed Quarterly manager reviews to ensure proper development. Provided President and Vice President Recommendations for future General Manger candidates. Successfully promoted 5 General Managers for the district. Reviewed all payroll/ accounts payable / accounts receivable/ inventories and P& L statements and submitted them to our corporate head quarters. Conducted district meetings to ensure that company standards were met or exceeded. Lead break out sessions for creative thinking and outside the box innovations for our industry. ]ohn Caswell SUMMARY: Highly knowledgeable skillful and caring Aquatics Director with more than six years experience conducting instructional aquatic program aimed at increasing safety and swimming skills as prescribed by the American Red Cross. Summary of Oualifications • Thorough knowledge of policies, rules and regulations governing the use of pool facilities. • Excellent knowledge of and ability to perform strenuous water rescues, including C.P.R. and first aid techniques and practices. • In-depth knowledge of methods and techniques of instructing swimming lessons. • Profound knowledge of occupational hazards and standard safety practices. • Solid knowledge of pertinent Federal, State and local laws, codes and regulations. • Exceptional ability to recognize emergency and dangerous situations and react quickly and calmly. • Strong ability to enforce established policies, rules and regulations. • In-depth ability to understand and follow oral and written instructions. • Remarkable ability to respond to requests and inquiries from the general public and employees. • Proven ability to communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing. • Immense ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work. • Deep knowledge of and the ability to perform American Red Cross swimming strokes and • Strong ability to teach swimming strokes and skills to participants of all ages. • Solid ability to perform the duties of the job for the scheduled workday. • Exceptional ability to perform a variety of tasks simultaneously or in rapid succession. • Sound ability to concentrate and accomplish tasks despite interruptions. • Immense ability to work with minimal daily supervision. • Enviable ability to stay in the water for five hours per day. Pool Management, Inc. Swimming Club, Alpharetta 2002 - Present Aquatics Director • Conduct an effective swimming program as prescribed by the American Red Cross and the Starlets Swimming Club, including swimming, planning, implementing and evaluating with the ability to demonstrate proper swimming techniques. • Prepare and maintain required record and reports. • Schedule "make-up" classes when necessary in the event of inclement weather. • Assume assigned duties connected with the maintenance of the pool. • Observe and enforce all rules and regulations of the facility pertaining to both staff and patrons. • Identify and assist patrons having difficulty. • Properly use, maintain and store all equipment and supplies associated with swimming instruction. • Responsible for handling questions and concerns from patrons. Starlets Swimming Club, Cumming GA. 2000 - 2002 Swimming Instructor • Provided water safety instruction and taught swim lessons at the pool. • Ensured adherence to safe work practices and procedures and established policies, rules and regulations. • Responded to public inquiries in a courteous manner; provided information within the area of assignment; resolved complaints in an efficient and timely manner. • Functioned as a crew member within an emergency plan for the handling of accidents in pool areas. • Maintained accurate records of all essential functions related to the job. • Assisted other pool staff in the conducting of duties including swimming lessons as required. • Followed all safety rules and procedures established for work area. • Conducted special program and swimming activities. • Observed patrons and enforced the safety rules and regulations of the pool; administered first aid and C.P.R. as needed; performed water rescue functions. • Participated in monitoring water chemicals and maintaining the pool and surrounding deck areas including - guard house, diving boards and gutters. • Performed related duties and responsibilities as required. Possess Valid American Red Cross Adult CPR Certificate Possess Valid American Red Cross First Aid Basics Certificate Possess Valid American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor (WSI) Certificate b- pool managemen inc. Accounts Receivable/Billing (A/R) • EFT, credit card, and statement billing • Bank direct EFT and credit card processing • Online Account Management and Payments • No third party processing fees • Deferred Revenue Management 0 The Accounts Receivable and Billing program is completely integrated with all the other accounting programs to provide you with the information you need to make the accounting department operate more efficiently and profitably. With this program, you have the ability to bill by statement, EFT or credit card draft. Charges for family members automatically flow to the main member. You can also bill corporations or other responsible parties for members' dues, partial dues and/or for their entire balance. Employee Check -In • Check -in by card or ID • Payroll department check -in • Edit check -ins and check-outs • Fully -integrated payroll reports E The Employee Check -In program allows employees to clock in and out on any workstation, eliminating the need for a time clock. Employees can check in and check out using their employee ID number or an employee card. Managers can view check -in or check-out information instantly on their screens, and track the location or work status of any employee, or group of employees, at specified times. This information can be used to generate reports showing total hours worked for payroll purposes. Equipment Check -Out • Equipment Check -Out and Check -In • Reservations • Different fees based on day, weekend or weekday rental • Tracks equipment inventory and usage • Manage packages El The Equipment Check -Out program is ideal for organizations that rent and/or track equipment. This program provides a quick and efficient way for employees to perform rental services while effectively tracking equipment inventory. Equipment Check -Out offers bar code technology to improve the process of performing equipment search. In addition, fees can be charged automatically for rentals and lost/damaged equipment. Event Management Program • Set booking intervals • Set up and teardown times • Room configurations • Sub -resources • Sophisticated invoicing system El Event Management is designed to allow facilities to book, rent and manage meeting rooms, gymnasiums, pools, fields, studios, baseball diamonds, hockey rinks, and other resources efficiently and accurately. The system can be configured to manage a wide variety of resources and functions including catering, labor, audio/visual equipment, and room configurations. Fully integrated with the other CSI Software modules, Event Management makes the most complex reservation simple to create. From initial contact with the customer through final settlement of the bill, Event Management handles every aspect of the booking. Front Desk Check -In • Access control with card swipe/scan and picture imaging • Programmable message sounds for audible alerts • Family check -in • Control turnstiles, doors, and gates • Check -in messages • Biometric check -ins El Security and risk management are crucial to your organization. The Front Desk Check -In module is efficient and flexible. The program's powerful monitoring features allow you to quickly check membership status, control access and track attendance. Our Access Control feature allows you to control doors by card swipe and membership type. Gift Card Management • Refillable gift cards • Automatically track value • Easy activation and inactivation • Expiration dates • Deferred Revenue Management Ft) With the Gift Card Management program, you can easily manage and track gift card usage within your facility, from the time it is created, to the time it is redeemed. You can also track usage, even when it is used at other facilities. Our design helps ensure gift cards are activated in a secure and efficient manner. Inventory • Unlimited inventory items • Handheld inventory capture devices • Bar code scanning " . Y • Purchase orders • Reorder levels 2 The Inventory program is designed to increase your profits and provide effective inventory control and flexible pricing abilities. This program allows you to use FIFO or LIFO costing methods to calculate your inventory value. Inventory quantities automatically increase and decrease when sold or refunded through A/R or POS. Inventory value and cost of goods sold are also updated to the general ledger. With reorder reports and vendor tracking features, you can optimize your stock on hand, gain valuable cost -of -goods -sold information, and order popular selling products, thus maximizing your sales while also minimizing your inventory investment. Inventory can be transferred from one site to another through Internal controls. League Scheduler • Schedule games and tournaments • Unlimited number of leagues, divisions and teams • Maintain statistics and standings • Manage teams, managers, captains and players • Create and edit brackets O The League Scheduler is a powerful scheduler that can be used for leagues, tournaments, round -robins, intramurals and club sports. Manage ever -changing leagues and tournaments in minutes. Whether you create your schedules one league at a time, or multiple leagues at once, our League Scheduler can help. You will finally know all the details about your leagues, divisions, tournaments, teams, players, and referees. Locker Management • Set up locker banks • Unlimited number of lockers and categories • Lock and combination management • Color -coded grid for easy viewing of available/unavailable lockers • Integrated with billing system, membership, and front desk O The Locker Management program allows you to keep track of locker inventory, locker assignment, combinations, and other pertinent information. You can set up locker areas and numbering systems according to your facility's needs. In addition, day lockers can be created and assigned, then vacated automatically. This program is integrated with Point of Sale and Accounts Receivable, allowing you to charge for lockers with the touch of a button. Member Management • Unlimited membership types • User -defined fields • Email capabilities including HTML and attachments • Letter designer • Case management I] The Member Management program is designed to make membership -related operations run more efficiently and profitably. With Member Management, you can enter and view personal and financial information about your customers (members and nonmembers), including membership type, status, family members, billing information, email address, notes, activity preferences, medical limitations, etc. This program also allows you to add family members, take pictures, track history, store notes/comments, create and query user -defined fields, print customized membership cards, and numerous other functions. Online Services • Program Registration • Scheduling • Transactions • Paperless Statements • Secure payment options • Member Enrollment • Attendance and Employee Reports • Employee Scheduling 0 Our Online Services module provides access to your facility 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. It integrates seamlessly with your existing website and provides real-time information with no importing/exporting or synchronization of data. By giving members and guests control of their account, enrollments, and bookings, your staff can devote more energy and time to quality customer service, and reap the rewards of customer loyalty and satisfaction. Online Services will reduce costs, increase revenue and improve customer satisfaction. Member and Guest Wizards New customers who want to become members or guests of your facility can do so easily using the Member and Guest Wizards. You control which of your sites offer online memberships, and you can set up memberships specifically for online users, with the option of charging separate fees for new sub -members who join at the same time. Enter map links and detailed descriptions of your facilities, hours, and amenities. The setup options for the wizards allow you to enter instructions for each step in the process of becoming a member or guest. For additional questions new members and guests may have, a comprehensive help file can be accessed with the click of a button. Account Management With Online Services you can cut the time and expense involved in managing your customers' accounts. You can reduce the amount of paper, ink and postage you use with paperless statements. When billing is run using the Spectrum NG billing module, customers can be automatically notified by email that their statements are ready. They can then use Online Services to view and print them. Program Registration Online Program Registration is designed to make the enrollment process quick and efficient for your customers. By giving your customers control of their own enrollment, you can quell the chaos of registration periods and markedly improve customer satisfaction. With a detailed range of setup options, you can enforce the requirements of enrollment for each program and ensure that customers cannot enroll in programs unless those requirements are met. You can choose to request an electronic signature for a waiver. You can also give your customers the option of making a donation. Scheduler With Scheduler your customers can book tennis and racquetball courts and make reservations for various services such as personal trainer and physical therapy. This feature allows your customers to choose the date, time, and duration of a service and displays up to fifty available schedules for your members' and guests' selection. With Scheduler you can control requirements for a booking, including whether guests have access to a service and whether payment is required at the time of booking. A variety of options are available to tailor your requirements for online bookings.. Point of Sale (POS) • Programmable item and payment buttons • Charging to account • Photo display • Integrated credit card and gift card processing • Touchscreen compatibley F±1 The Point of Sale (POS) module allows you to perform quick sales transactions and provide a variety of services to your customers. Members can charge and/or make payments to their accounts. The Point of Sale also includes programmable buttons, item/bar code scanning, inventory control, cash drawer control, signature capture, receipt printing, and real time credit card processing. In addition, the POS is integrated with front desk operations, membership, scheduling, lockers, and program registration to allow charges and payments to be made for these activities from one location or at the location of the service. All of this eliminates unnecessary duplication by back office staff. Program Registration • Registration start and end dates • On-line registration • Maximum and minimum program sizes and waiting lists • Gender and age requirements • Member/nonmember fees • Email and print enrollment confirmations t] The Program Registration module allows you to enroll members and nonmembers in any number of user - defined programs. The innovative hierarchy of Program Registration allows you to organize programs by sessions and categories. With this module you can define the number of available seats, waiting list size, and even set up several requirements for each class, including gender, registration starVend dates, and numerous other functions. Class attendance, programs below minimum required enrollment, cancellations, and other important information can also be tracked and later used to generate comprehensive reports. You can use these reports to analyze instructor and program efficiency and make improvements as necessary. In addition, Program Registration provides your staff with a quick and easy way to send letters or emails to registrants, which helps reduce your organization's workload while increasing participation in your programs and improving profitability. Reports • Ad hoc (Customized) reports • Letters and mailing labels • Group emailing including html • Built-in Query Builder • Compatible with SQL Reporting Services El Our powerful reporting system provides your organization with critical management and accounting information for every department in your facility. All reports are professionally formatted and ready for preview, printing or export. You can also create mailing labels, letters and mass emails. Another powerful feature of our reporting system is our Query Builder. With this tool, you can query any field(s) in the database to create ad hoc (customized) reports that can be saved to a personal reports list or made available to others. Scheduler • Online registration • Color -coded graph • Track employee and resource availability • Extensive fee flexibility • Sophisticated billing system O Scheduler is a state-of-the-art, integrated scheduling program that provides a means of effective employee and resource scheduling. This program prevents instructors, members, or resources from being booked for a _ service if it results in a conflict with another service. The Scheduler streamlines the appointment and payment process for many activities, such as tennis courts, masseuses and personal trainers. With the Scheduler Program, booking is made easy. The grid design of the main booking screen allows users to see all the components of a reservation at a glance. You can create a booking using multiple resources, search for an available employee for a select date and time range, and view fees and discounts for services. You can search for open time slots and book recurrent reservations. You can select additional participants from a 'buddy list' for each member and guest. Series Sales • Set up employee pay rates by percentage or dollar amount • Maintain expiration dates on packages • Prints vouchers when sessions are used • Maintain history of all packages purchased • Deferred revenue management 1±11 The Series Sales program allows you to sell a group of items or services, such as a package of personal training sessions, and then tender them over a period of time. With this program, you can track when a package Is purchased and each session is used. In addition, you can set up pay rates for each package to have commissions automatically calculated. All information is used to generate reports listing unused items or sessions, helping determine popular selling products, commissions, and employee performance. Pool Management, Inc. Lifeguard training and staffing. Total pool and facility management. PMI is committed to providing the highest level of service and we want to be more than just your pool company". We have discovered that most of our communities and facilities have a growing need for pool related programs and activities. We feel certain that our additional programs will add excitement to your community and build long lasting relationships between your community and our staff. At PMI we use multiple social networking sites such as Facebook and Twitter to actively market your facility. We will create a web site specific for your facility with photographs and video to better market to your community. PMI also offers swim lessons and water aerobics. Each session contains eight half hour classes. We also offer adult swim lessons, water jogging and movie night. Please speak with your PMI representative for further information on registering. PMI will supply certified and professional lifeguards for your pool facility. Our lifeguard staff is the most highly trained and educated specific to your facility. Each year we are able to be very selective when it comes to our employees, they are not assigned to your pool until they pass a comprehensive and challenging lifeguard course. We handle all payroll, liabilities, Workers Compensation and other payroll expenses Pool a~4onogement k .:. 12550 HghNoy 9 Suite 600 4r301 Alpharetta Go. 3000" Phone 678-644-1224 Fax 678-352-069.3 A"r S 06 74 f� .✓� J.2� IQ OVERVIEW Basic Information Gallons CHEMICALS The Chemistry of Water Chemical Descriptions Water Chemistry Chemical Testing Total Dissolved Solids MAINTENANCE Maintenance Equipment Maintenance Schedule Periodic Maintenance OPERATIONS Circulation/Filtration Pool Equipment Troubleshooting Opening a Pool Closing a Pool TYPES OF SWIMMING POOLS CONCRETE INGROUND INGROUND GUNITE INGROUND SHOTCRETE INGROUND TILED INGROUND FIBERGLASS INGROUND VINYL -LINER ABOVEGROUND VINYL -LINER ABOVEGROUND BLADDER SHAPES OF SWIMMING POOLS Common Inaround Pool Shapes: Rectangle Roman End Kidney True-L Lary-L Roman End Mountain Lake Grecian True-L Grecian Lazy-L Kidney Mountain Pond Depths of Swimming Pools INGROUND DIVING POOLS: A "diving pool" is a pool with a deep end. The standard diving pool typically has a 3' 4" - 3' 6" shallow end that transitions into a deep end that is at least 8' - 8'6" in depth. The overall depth will depend on the length, width, and shape of the pool. As the name dictates, diving is allowed in a diving pool; most diving pools come equipped with diving boards. There are strict codes, specifications, and measurements to follow when constructing a diving pool. INGROUND NON -DIVING POOLS: A "non -diving pool" is a pool without a deep (diving) end. The standard non -diving pool typically has a 3' 4" - 3' 6" shallow and the deepest point is typically 6' or less. Non -diving pools are often referred to as "sports pools". As the name dictates, there is no diving in a non - diving pool. ABOVEGROUND POOLS: Aboveground Pools are typically 48" (4") - 52" (4' 4") in depth. Aboveground pools can be built with 72" (6') deep ends. Regardless, there is no diving allowed in an aboveground pool. Do you know how many gallons of water are in your pool? Any discussion about chemical additions requires that you know the approximate gallons of water in your pool. Knowing the capacity of your pool (in terms of approximate gallons) is mandatory if chemical additions are to be made correctly. To assist in calculating the approximate gallons of water in your pool, here are pool industry -endorsed formulas based on the shape of your pool: RECTANGLE OR ROMAN -END OR GRECIAN OR SQUARE: Length L Length x Width x AVERAGE DEPTH x 7.5 ROUND: DIAMETER x Diameter x Diameter x 5.9 Diameter OVAL: 4 Longest Length x Longest Width x Average Depth x 5.9 Max Max Width Length KIDNEY: Longest Length x Longest Width x Average Depth x 5.9 Max Max Width Length ANY L-SHAPE: Break the "L" into two separate rectangles (or squares). Length (1 Then, use the formula for a rectangle (or square) for each section. Finally, add the two sections together. Length (2) t Length x Width x Average Depth x 7.5 ■1 Length x Width x Average Depth x 7.5 FREE FORM OR IRREGULAR SHAPES: Consult with the pool professional that built your pool, as they may have the dig diagrams or spec sheets on file that list the total gallons. If they do not have the information on file or if they are out of business, call the local pool professional that you currently use; they will be able to offer a formula based on your specific free form or irregular shape pool and its specific dimensions (length, width, and depth) in order to help you calculate the total gallons of your pool. Scientifically speaking, a molecule of water consists of one Oxygen atom (0) and two Hydrogen atoms (H), which are bound together by both negative electrical charges and positive electrical charges to from H2O. Instead of engaging in a prolonged Chemistry 101 lecture, just let it be understood that a subsequent exchange of electrical charges will occur, causing one Hydrogen atom to break away from the water molecule (H20) to form a positively charged Hydrogen ion and a negatively charged Hydroxide ion. Within a large body of water, such as a swimming pool, the majority of the fill will exist as scientifically defined water molecules (H20), but some Hydrogen ions and some Hydroxide ions will exist. It is the proportion of these combined Hydrogen ions and Hydroxide ions to the remainder of the water molecules that determines whether water is Acidic (having a pH level below 7.0) or Alkaline (having a pH level above 7.0), and thus, out of balance. TEST STRIPS: Test strips are paper strips that contain certain dyes, which will change color once added to your pool water. These colors will correlate with a color chart on the bottle, which will show if a chemical is low, in range, or high. Most test strips will test for your chosen: • sanitizer/disinfectant/oxidizer (chlorine, bromine, or any alternative) • pH, • Alkalinity These are the three main areas that must be tested regularly at the poolside. Test strips are very easy to use, but since there are so many manufacturers of test strips, it is impossible for poolmanual.com to list the color variations for each manufacturer. Therefore, we recommend that you visit your local pool professionals to discuss procedures that apply to the brand of test strips that they sell. While you are there, it is also a good idea to take in a water sample and have them test your chemicals on the computer. HOW TO USE TEST STRIPS: Here is a guideline for the use of test strips. The following guideline, combined with the manufacturer specific instructions on the bottle of your test strips, will provide accurate and telling results: Always take one test from the bottle and then reseal the bottle immediately to prevent unwanted water contact and to retain freshness. Put the test strip between your thumb and pointer finger and extend your hand and arm into the pool water at least 18" below the surface. Secure yourself on the pool deck and be careful not to fall into the pool. Keep the test strip underwater for as long as your instructions note. It is usually anywhere from 2-10 seconds, but read your instructions to make sure. • Hold the test strip out of the water for as long as your instructions note. Compare the colors of the test strip to the color chart (and its corresponding numeric value) on the bottle. • If the colors of the test strip and the color chart on the bottle match the ideal ranges, then congratulations -your water is in balance. • If the colors of the test strip and the color chart on the bottle do not match the ideal ranges for any chemical, then simply make the necessary adjustment(s)-before you add the chemical(s), perform any maintenance for that day first. • When finished, store the tightly seated bottle of test strips in a cool, dark place, or wherever your test strips state to store them. Never leave the test strips outside by the pool. Sunlight and moisture can reduce the already short life span of test strips. • Repeat all the above steps during the next test date. TEST KITS: Test kits utilize a test block that holds pool water. Reagents (the test solutions/dyes), or perhaps tablets, are added to the encased pool water. Once added, the mixture of the reagent (or tablet) and the pool water will create a color that will correlate to the color chart on the test block, which will show if a chemical is low, in range, or high. Most test kits only test for your chosen sanitizer/disinfectant/oxidizer (chlorine, bromine, or any alternative) and the pH. Do yourself a favor and pay the additional money to purchase a test kit that also includes Alkalinity. Test kits are very easy to use, but since there are so many manufacturers of test kits, it is impossible for poolmanual.com to list the color variations, the number of drops, and the sequence of drops for each manufacturer. Therefore, we recommend that you visit your local pool professionals to discuss procedures that apply to the brand of test kits that they sell. While you are there, it is a good idea to take in a water sample and have them test your chemicals on the computer. TYPES OF TEST KITS: There are two primary types of test kits: Colorimetric Test Kits -once the reagent (or tablet) is added to the sample of pool water, the water will change to a degree of a specified color. You must compare the color of the sample to the color chart on the test block to determine if a certain chemical is low, in range, or high. Titration Test Kits -uses an indicator reagent and a follow-up reagent. Other than the use of multiple reagents, the titration test is an extension of the colorimetric test. An indicator reagent is added first. Then, a follow-up reagent is added to change the color of the sample. You must compare the color schemes from the sample to the color chart on the test block to determine if a certain chemical is low, in range, or high. THE TEST BLOCK: The device in a test kit that holds the sample of pool water so that the reagents (or tablets) can be added in order to complete the given test(s). REAGENTS (OR TABLETS): The items that are added to the sample of pool water in order to complete the given test(s). If you use reagents (solutions/dyes), add them to the sample one drop at a time, following the instructions. If you use tablets, they will dissolve in the test block full of pool water. Either way, you must compare the colors from the sample to the color chart on the test block to determine if a certain chemical is low, in range, or high. HOW TO USE TEST KITS: Here is a guideline for the use of test kits. The following guideline, combined with the manufacturers specific instructions included with your test kit, will provide accurate and telling results: • Rinse the test block with tap water (not chemically treated pool water) before and after each use. • Get pool water from at least 18" below the water surface to fill the test block. Secure yourself on the pool deck and be careful not to fall into the pool. • Hold the reagent vertically above the test block when adding drops. • Add drops slowly to ensure consistent and uniform drops, counting them, one drop at a time. • Add the reagents exactly how your instructions note o Some test kits require swirling the reagent in the test block after each drop while other test kits do not. o Some test kits require "twisting" the capped off test block (like turning a door knob) while other test kits do not. o Never shake the capped off test block. • Tightly replace the lids on the reagents after each use. • Hold the test block vertically, at or above eyesight (or however your instructions note) and out of direct sunlight. Hold the test block against a light colored background, and compare the color of the sample to the color chart (and its corresponding numeric value) on the test block within the time frame noted on your instructions. o some test kits provide a white square to serve as the light background in which to view the test block • If the color of the tested pool water and the color chart on the test block match the ideal ranges, then congratulations -your water is in balance. • If the color of the tested pool water and the color chart on the test block do not match the ideal ranges for any chemical, then simply make the necessary adjustment(s)-before you add the chemical(s), perform any maintenance for that day first. • When finished with all of the tests, do not pour the test water back into the pool. Rather, pour the sample in either a deck drain or in the yard, and then immediately rinse the test block with tap water for future use. • When finished, put the clean test block and all capped reagents in the carrying box and store in a cool, dark place, or wherever your test kit states to store it. Never leave the test kit outside by the pool. Sunlight and moisture can reduce the already short life span of the reagents. • Repeat all of the above steps during the next test date. Test kits rely on color changes when a reagent, or multiple reagents, or perhaps a tablet, are added to a sample of pool water. Comparing the color of the water with the color chart on the test block, you can easily determine the level of the tested chemical as either low, in range, or high. Be sure to read the instructions that come with each test kit. The number of drops and the sequence of adding drops per each reagent vary from test kit to test kit, and from manufacturer to manufacturer. Also, be sure to use reagents (or tablets) that are specified by the manufacturer of the test kit. Do not interchange test kits and reagents (or tablets). Even different models of test kits made by the same manufacturer often require different reagents (or tablets), a different number of drops, and different sequences of adding such drops. Total Dissolved Solids (IDS) is a measurement of the total amount of matter (minerals, chemical residue, and other particles) that remains in water. The primary contributing factor that leads to TDS is evaporation. As water evaporates, only the water itself evaporates. Minerals, chemical residue, and other particles are left behind and remain in the pool water. With evaporation, you need to continually add water. As you add tap water up to the standard operating water level (half way up the skimmer), you are also adding additional minerals and particles. Although these minerals and other particles from tap water do add to the TDS reading, it is extremely minimal. The biggest factor is that this new tap water will soon be introduced to chemicals. It is the chemical residue that is not filtered and remains in the pool water that has the greatest effect on increasing TDS. Whenever chemicals are added, the TDS reading will increase. The process of evaporation is continuous. As water evaporates, matter within it is left behind and will remain in the water. Eventually, this matter that remains in the pool water will act as a sponge, consuming your new chemicals, rendering them virtually ineffective. It will take many years (approximately 6-8 years) for the TDS reading to become so high that it will consume your chemicals before they can engage in their intended purpose; 6-8 years is a guideline only.. There is no chemical that can lower the TDS reading into an ideal range. Rather, a TDS reading can only be lowered by draining your pool, either partially or completely, and adding fresh water. If it has been some time since your pool was last drained and cleaned, there are certain indicators that may tell you that your TDS reading has probably reached or surpassed its maximum parameters: Continual addition of excess chemicals. Water chemistry tests fine, but water is still not clean, clear, blue and sparkling. Various water chemistry problems include: o Colored yet clear water (the water has an odd tint, but you can still see the pool floor). o Algae growth despite a good chlorine (or its alternative) reading and proper overall water chemistry (pH and Alkalinity). • Varying and false readings on chemical tests. If any of these are the case with your pool, or if other water chemistry issues arise, despite the continual testing and addition of chemicals, the TDS reading has either met or exceeded the maximum. Again, you can only lower TDS by draining the pool, either partially or completely. PMI recommends that you contract your local pool professionals and pay them to perform a drain and clean, it really is more of an investment than a service call. Chemical tests and adjustments alone will not promote proper water chemistry. Rather, adequate circulation and filtration, as well as the pursuit of a routine maintenance schedule are also required. in order to perform routine maintenance, you have to become familiar with your maintenance equipment: • TESTING DEVICE • TELEPOLE • NETS • BRUSH • MANUAL VACUUM ASSEMBLY • AUTOMATIC VACUUM CLEANERS • DELRIN SPRING • CONNECTOR PIN • GARDEN HOSE OPERATED VACUUM • BACKWASH HOSE • AUTOMATIC WATER LEVELER TEST DEVICE: You must constantly test for chlorine (or its alternative), pH, and Alkalinity at the poolside. Approximately once per month, or if unusual pool readings occur, take a water sample to your local pool professionals and have them test every chemical reading on the computer. Test chlorine (or its alternative), as well as pH and Alkalinity, 2 - 3 times per week during normal weather conditions and under normal use. Test chlorine (or its alternative) daily during periods of scorching temperatures, unbearable humidity, and intense sunlight, as these are the times when bather load is at its highest. Test chlorine (or its alternative), as well as pH and Alkalinity, after heavy rainfall, before and after a pool party, and, of course, if water appears to be cloudy, murky, or beginning to form algae. The only way that you can accurately depict the condition of your water is by administering the actual tests. Either with test strips or test kits, the tests only take minutes to perform. Test strips and reagents (or tablets) for test kits are also inexpensive. TELEPOLE: A long aluminum pole that can extend to various lengths in order to complete its intended maintenance procedure at any area and at any depth of the pool. The telepole attaches to your nets, brush, vacuum assembly, and other maintenance equipment in order to perform a maintenance task. The telepole also attaches to the "Shepherd's Crook," which is a life -hook (a life-saving device). NETS: There are two styles of standard pool nets: Deep Net and Skimmer Net. 9 • The deep net, which is often called a leaf rake, has a wide opening and a deep net. This style of net is primarily used to reach leaves or other large debris that have settled to the pool floor. The deep net can also be used to skim leaves and debris off the surface of the water, but the skimmer net is best at performing this task. • The skimmer net, which has a shallow net, is primarily used to remove leaves, grass clippings, debris, or insects that float on the surface of the water. BRUSH: Typically, a brush is 18" in length and has either nylon bristles or stainless steel bristles. The brush is used to brush away dirt and debris, as well as algae, from the pool walls and floor. There are also specialized brushes, such as an algae brush (only used to brush away algae) and a corner brush (to brush away dirt or debris, as well as algae, from the corners, where the walls meet the floor, and at the faceplates of the skimmers and return jets, where stubborn dirt, debris and algae is capable of escaping the standard 18" brush). The nylon bristle brush can be used with any type of pool to brush away dirt, debris, or Green and Mustard Algae. The stainless steel bristle brush can only be used on a concrete, gunite, shotcrete, or fiberglass pool to remove stubborn Black Algae, stubborn dirt, any stains or scale. A stainless steel bristle brush can never be used with a vinyl -liner pool (it is too abrasive and may tear the liner). MANUAL VACUUM ASSEMBLY: Consists of the vac head, the vacuum hose, the telepole, and perhaps a vacuum seal plate. There are two styles of vac heads: the brush -style vac head and the wheel -style vac head. A brush -style vac head is used for vinyl liner pools. A wheel -style vac head is used for concrete, gunite, shotcrete, and fiberglass pools. One end of the vacuum hose will connect to the vac head and the other end of the vacuum hose will connect to your skimmer. If so, a vacuum seal plate should be placed over the skimmer in order to trap optimal suction to complete the vacuum. Some pools have a designated vacuum line. If this is the case with your pool, connect the vacuum hose to this designated vacuum line instead of the skimmer. Use the telepole to maneuver the vacuum assembly across the pool floor and walls. AUTOMATIC VACUUM CLEANERS: A vacuum cleaner that will vacuum your pool for you. Regardless of the brand and type of automatic vacuum cleaner, if you can afford one, buy one. They are a worthwhile investment. But, even if you own an automatic vacuum cleaner, you will still need to use your manual vacuum assembly in these situations: • The pool has just been opened (after previously being winterized). After opening, a large amount of dirt and debris is typically present on the walls and floor. • Any time that a large amount of dirt and debris are present on the walls or floor. • Algae is present. DELRIN SPRING: The spring that allows certain maintenance equipment (like nets, the brush, and the vac head) to attach to the telepole. Delrin Springs will break. But, they are extremely inexpensive. Purchase a half dozen at a time, store them with the rest of your maintenance equipment, and replenish your stock when you are down to your last Delrin Spring. CONNECTOR PIN: Some maintenance equipment use Connector Pins to attach to the telepole. Connector Pins will break or get lost. But, they are extremely inexpensive. Purchase a half dozen at a time, store them with the rest of your maintenance equipment, and replenish your stock when you are down to your last Connector Pin. GARDEN HOSE OPERATED VACUUM: Some pools do not have suction lines in order to vacuum the pool with a manual vacuum assembly. In order to vacuum these pools, a garden hose operated vacuum is used. There are two types of vacuum units: the brush -style vacuum unit and the wheel -style vacuum unit. The brush -style vacuum unit is used for vinyl -liner pools. The wheel -style vacuum unit is used for concrete, gunite, shotcrete, and fiberglass pools. Your standard garden hose will attach to the vacuum unit. The running water from your garden hose will create suction, drawing the leaves, dirt, and other debris into the silt bag of the vacuum unit. Once full, empty the silt bag, reattach it to the vacuum unit, and start again until the silt bag is full. Many pool owners with the capability to use a manual vacuum assembly will also have a hose operated vacuum unit in their possession. If there is an enormous amount of leaves and other large debris on the pool floor -to much to net out and such a large amount that would clog your vacuum hose -the hose operated vacuum unit works great. The only drawback is that the silt bag can only hold so many leaves and other debris until the unit must be taken out of the pool, emptied, reattached, and sent back into the pool. BACKWASH HOSE: Some pools do not have a plumbed in waste -line. Either local code or restrictions in your area did not allow for the waste -line. If your pool does not have a waste -line, simply purchase BACKWASH HOSE from your local pool professionals. Backwash hose will allow you to manually create a waste -line any time you need one. AUTOMATIC WATER LEVELER: Not at all considered maintenance equipment, but it is a very valuable accessory for your pool. Due to evaporation and splash -out, you will lose water, which will have to be replaced. The Water Leveler will sit on your pool deck and hang over the pool. Your garden hose will thread into the hose adapter on the part of the Water Leveler that sits on your pool deck. A float is installed on the part of the Water Leveler that hangs over the wall and into the pool. You will have to adjust the float to turn "off' the Water Leveler when the fill water reaches the desired water level (half way up the skimmer). The float on the Water Leveler is very easy to adjust. This accessory is very worthwhile. A routine maintenance schedule must be actively pursued in order to help achieve and maintain water chemistry. Initially, pool maintenance may seem complicated and time-consuming. But, once routine maintenance becomes an integrated part of your life as a pool owner, it will be very easy to maintain your pool. Furthermore, as you continually engage in pool maintenance, you will begin to develop an understanding of your personal pool needs. Once your pool is clean, clear, blue, and sparkling, it becomes much easier to maintain. It is always easier to maintain a pool and prevent problems than it is to rectify problems. With far less time and effort, as well as money, you can maintain your pool and keep it inviting all season long. Due to varying bather loads from pool -to -pool and varying climates from region -to -region, poolmanual.com cannot provide a universal maintenance schedule. You must recognize your personal pool needs and you must budget your time in order to follow a routine maintenance schedule that works best for you and your pool. PMI will provide the necessary maintenance tasks that do need to be pursued. While it is not absolutely mandatory to follow these procedures step-by-step, the following is a well -recognized pool maintenance schedule, regardless of your region: • Test water - but do not add chemicals until the maintenance schedule for that day is complete. • Use your net(s) - remove all leaves and other large debris from the pool. • Use your brush - remove dirt, or perhaps algae, stains, or scale from the pool walls and floor. • Clean all baskets - for the skimmer(s) and the pump. • Vacuum - remove any settled and remaining dirt, leaves or other debris from the pool. • Clean the filter - if it is a sand filter or a DE filter, then backwash. If it is a cartridge filter, then rinse the individual pleated filter elements with a garden hose and a pressurized nozzle. • Add the necessary chemical(s) - from the test(s) taken earlier that day. • Shock regularly You will have to create your own maintenance schedule. PMI.com does not want to tell you to do "this" on this day and "that" on that day. With your bather load and with your climate, routine maintenance is very individualized. PMI will provide an in-depth explanation of the various maintenance tasks, and you will have to create your own maintenance schedule, always compensating for climate and bather load. For more specific information on routine maintenance: • TESTING THE CHEMICALS • NETTING • BRUSHING • CLEANING THE SKIMMER BASKET(S) • CLEANING THE PUMP BASKET • VACUUMING "ON FILTER" • VACUUMING "TO WASTE" • VACUUMING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL • CLEANING YOUR SAND FILTER • CLEANING YOUR DE FILTER • CLEANING YOUR CARTRIDGE FILTER • ADDING CHEMICALS • SHOCKING REGULARLY NETTING: There are two styles of standard pool nets: The deep leaf net (also called a leaf rake) -has a wide opening and a deep net. This style of net is primarily used to reach leaves or large debris that have settled to the pool floor. The deep leaf net can also be used to skim leaves and debris off the surface of the water, but the skimmer net is best at performing this task. The skimmer net has a shallow net and is primarily used to remove leaves, grass clippings, debris, or insects that float on the surface of the water. Regardless of the net used, leaves and debris must be removed from the pool for a number of reasons. A collection of leaves and debris on the pool floor very well may clog the main drain, which will restrict water circulation and filtration. Leaves and debris can also clog the skimmer basket(s), which will restrict water circulation. Leaves and debris will also absorb chlorine (or its alternative), rendering it less effective to keep up with the bacteria, living organisms, ammonia, and other contaminates that are constantly present in pool water. Leaves and debris may also contain algae spores, which can lead to an outbreak of algae. Leaves and debris can also clog vacuum equipment. It is best to net out as much of the larger leaves and debris as possible, and then vacuum the rest. It is important to routinely net leaves and debris out of the pool. Netting literally takes 10 - 15 minutes, and should be done anytime a significant amount of leaves or other debris are present in the pool. Netting should be performed after any windstorm. Netting should be performed daily during autumn, and perhaps multiple times per day on any windy autumn day. ( BRUSHING: Pool Brushes are typically 18" long and have either durable nylon bristles (to be used on any type of pool) or stainless steel bristles (to remove algae, stubborn dirt, stains or scale on concrete, gunite, shotcrete, or fiberglass pools). Brushing is an extremely important, but often overlooked, task towards maintaining your pool. Brushing will remove microscopic matter from the pool walls and floor, suspend this matter in the water, where they will be killed by chlorine (or its alternative) and filtered out of the pool. NOTE: If the microscopic matter is too small and remains in the pool, you will need to add a Clarifier to coagulate these small particles into larger particles, where they will indeed be killed by chlorine (or is alternative) and trapped by the filter. Always brush the pool from the walls to the floor, using a top to bottom brush technique. Start at the shallow end and brush towards the deep end. Brushing takes no more than 10 - 15 minutes of work, and should be accomplished at least twice per week (and perhaps more often if landscaping or construction are underway near your pool). You should also make sure to brush the day before vacuuming the pool. When you do this, make sure the equipment is operational for a couple hours after brushing so that the main drain and skimmer(s) can remove the recently brushed dirt and debris from the pool. Then, shut "off" the equipment overnight -vacuuming should be accomplished after the water has been calm for several hours so that any dirt and debris that remains in the pool can settle to the bottom in order to be vacuumed out of the pool. Then, that next morning, restart the equipment and vacuum the pool. After the vacuum, monitor the pressure guage-if it is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure, clean the filter. Brushing is the one of the easiest items of the maintenance schedule. If, however, brushing is neglected and favorable conditions should allow for an outbreak of algae, brushing will need to be done daily, and perhaps multiple times per day, and it will be time-consuming and labor- intensive. Therefore, makes sure brushing is part of your routine maintenance schedule. SKIMMER BASKET(S): At times, the pressure gauge on your filter will show the operating pressure to be low, which will cause circulation to be poor. The first area to check is to make sure the water level in the pool is adequate. If not, fill the pool to the standard operating level (halfway up the skimmer). If the water level is adequate, check and clean the skimmer basket(s). Some pools have only one skimmer, while most pools have at least tow skimmers. Here are the steps to clean your skimmer basket(s): Remove lid from the skimmer. This lid will be on your pool deck. If there is no lid to access the skimmer basket from the top, simply kneel down, stabilize yourself on the deck, and remove the skimmer basket from the skimmer opening inside the pool. If you cannot access the skimmer basket from your pool deck and have to get it from the skimmer opening inside the pool, be careful not to fall into the pool. Remove the basket from the skimmer. Empty out all the contents. • Spray the basket with a garden hose and nozzle. " 1 Put the basket back in the skimmer. • (If you accessed the skimmer from the opening on your pool deck, put the lid back on the skimmer). NOTE: For aboveground pools, you can remove the lid to the skimmer box that is mounted on the outside of the pool wall. Once removed, you will have easy access to the skimmer basket. Notes: If there is more than one skimmer, repeat the process for all skimmers. If skimmer basket(s) are extremely full, it is a good idea to shut "off' the equipment TEMPORARILY in order remove the basket(s) from the skimmers) without damaging them. In autumn, when leaves are falling at a rapid and continual pace, it is a good idea to turn the skimmer valve(s) to the "closed" position in order to temporarily end skimming. This way there is no chance that leaves or debris can enter the plumbing where they could clog the plumbing. Once all baskets are cleaned and put back in place, make sure to turn the skimmer valves back to the "open" position. NOTE: For an aboveground pool, you can put a plug (either threaded or expandable) or a tennis ball in the plumbing outlet on the bottom of the skimmer. CLEANING THE PUMP BASKET: A pump basket will sit in the pump housing -the front part of the pump. Your pool will also have a skimmer basket in each of the skimmers. It is the job of these skimmer baskets to trap leaves and other debris so that they do not enter the plumbing. At times, though, some debris (particularly pine needles, dog hair, and other small debris) will escape the simmer basket(s) and will enter the plumbing. If this occurs, it is the job of the pump basket to trap this debris before it enters the equipment, where real damage could occur. Like the skimmer basket(s), the pump basket has very fine passages that will trap dirt or debris, but allow water to pass through. The pump basket is usually positioned under s clear lid, so you can literally see if it contains any debris. You will have to monitor the pump basket daily and clean it out whenever needed. Follow these steps to clean your pump basket: • Turn "off' the power to the equipment temporarily. • Turn the valves (main drain and skimmers) to the "closed" position. • Remove the lid from the pump housing -the front part of the pump. • Remove the basket from the pump. • Empty out any contents. • Spray the basket with a garden hose and nozzle. • Put the basket back in the pump. • Make sure the O-ring on the pump lid is in place. Approximately once per month, or as often as it is needed, put a lubricant on the O-ring. It will help seal the lid (to prevent the entrance of any air into the pump) and it will add to the life of your pump lid O-ring. Any pool professional can sell you the lubricant. • Put the pump lid back on the pump. • Turn the valve for ONLY the main drain back to the "open" position. • Turn the equipment "on" immediately. The entire process FROM turning "off' the equipment TO turning it back "on" should take you no more than 1 minute. • If pump does not start after approximately 16 minutes, you need to prime the pump. • If pump does start, open the skimmer valve(s). Open each skimmer valve one at a time, and slowly to alleviate all the air. If there is more than one skimmer, open each one slowly. NOTE: Most aboveground pools do not use any valves, the few that do include a slide valve before and after the pump. Notes: • Do nbt assume skimmer basket(s) will catch all leaves or debris. Check the pump basket just as often as the skimmer basket(s), and when needed, clean all the baskets. Even if every basket had to be cleaned, the entire process would take you less than 5 minutes. • It is a good idea to have an O-ring lubricant in stock. VACUUMING "ON FILTER": During a routine vacuum, with a manageable amount of dirt or debris in the pool, vacuum with the multiport on "filter." This will vacuum the dirt and debris to the filter where it will be trapped and permanently removed from the pool. Only clean water will return to the pool. Here are the steps: • The night before you vacuum, brush the pool walls and floor. • After brushing, allow the equipment to be operational for at least 2 hours. This will allow the main drain and skimmer(s) to remove the recently brushed and currently suspended dirt and debris. Then, turn "off' the equipment overnight to allow any remaining dirt and debris to settle to the pool floor. • The day of the vacuum, make sure the water level in the pool is to the standard operating water level -half way up the skimmer. • Make sure the multiport is on the "filter" position. If for some reason it is not, with the equipment still "OFF," move the multiport handle to "filter." • Turn the equipment back "on." • Isolate the suction to the skimmer (or the designated vacuum line) that you will use for the vacuum. If you use a skimmer, close the valve for the main drain and the valve(s) for any other skimmer(s) that you will not be using for the vacuum. If you use a designated vacuum line, close the valves for the main drain and all skimmers. • Install a telepole to your vac head. • Install one end of the vacuum hose to the vac head. • Allow the vac head (with one end of the vacuum hose and the telepole attached) to sink to the bottom of the pool in the deep end. • Stretch the remaining vacuum hose along your pool deck. • Where the vacuum hose meets the surface of the water, push the remaining vacuum hose from your deck downward (into the water) and inward (toward the wall). Only allow the end that will attach to your skimmer (or designated vacuum line) to be out of the water. This will eliminate air from the vacuum hose and fill it with water. Be careful not to fall into the pool. • Once completely filled with water and primed, install the end of the vacuum hose into the skimmer (or designated suction line) that you will vacuum from. If you use your skimmer, poolmanual.com recommends that you purchase a vacuum seal plate to help hold in the suction. • With the telepole, maneuver the vac head across the pool floor. Notes: As you vacuum the pool, dirt and debris will get trapped in the filter. This, of course, will cause the pressure to rise within your equipment. Monitor the pressure gauge. If the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure, then clean the filter, regardless if you are still vacuuming or if you are complete. Vacuum slowly. You do not want to stir up the dirt and debris from the floor. Some pool professionals will advise you to hold the end of the vacuum hose in front of a return jet in order to prime the hose (eliminate air and fill with water). This is a good idea in theory. But, if dirt and debris is light, the water going from the returnjet, through the vacuum hose, and out of the vac head could stir up this dirt and debris on the floor, clouding up the water, impairing visibility to effectively perform the vacuum. The objective when vacuuming is to have the dirt and debris settled on the floor -not stirred up and suspended in the water. VACUUMING "TO WASTE": Sometimes dirt and debris will be thick and heavy. If so, do not vacuum to "filter" because pressure will build up so quickly that you will spend more time cleaning the filter then you will vacuuming. Rather, bypass the filter and vacuum with the multiport on "waste" (or "drain"). Remember to turn the equipment 'off" when moving the multiport from "filter" to "waste" (or "drain"). Do not spend too much time vacuuming to "waste." When vacuuming to "waste," you will be sending the water to a waste -line, thus removing the water from the pool. Here are the steps: Raise the water level to the highest point of the pool. Fill the water level so high that you nearly overflow the pool. Make sure the multiport is on the "waste" (or "drain") position. If it is not, make sure to turn 'off" the equipment before moving the multiport handle. Once on "waste" (or "drain"), and with the heightened water level, turn the equipment back "on." • Isolate the suction to the skimmer (or the designated vacuum line) that you will use for the vacuum. If you use a skimmer, close the valve for the main drain and the valve(s) for any other skimmer(s) that you will not be using for the vacuum. If you use a designated vacuum line, close the valves for the main drain and all skimmers. • Install the telepole to the vac head. • Install one end of the vacuum hose to the vac head. • Allow the vac head (with one end of the vacuum hose and the telepole attached) to sink to the bottom of the pool in the deep end. • Stretch the remaining vacuum hose along your pool deck. • Where the vacuum hose meets the surface of the water, push the remaining hose from your deck downward (into the water) and inward (toward the wall). Only allow the end that will attach to your skimmer (or designated vacuum line) to be out of the water. This will eliminate air from the vacuum hose and fill it with water. Be careful not to fall into the pool. • Once completely filled with water and primed, install the end of the vacuum hose into the skimmer (or designated suction line) that you will use to vacuum. If you use your skimmer, poolmanual.com recommends that you purchase a vacuum seal plate to help hold in the suction. • With the telepole, maneuver the vac head across the pool floor. • Vacuum only until the water level drops just above the bottom of the skimmer (or just above the bottom of the designated vacuum line). Then stop; NEVER let the water level drop to or below the skimmer (or designated vacuum line). If you do allow the water level to get too low, air will get into the system which may cause you to lose prime or worse, which may cause your motor to overheat, become prematurely defective, and require a replacement, which is expensive. Notes: • When you vacuum to "waste" (or "drain"), it is a good idea to have a running garden hose in the skimmer that you are vacuuming from in order to help compensate for water that is lost through the waste -line during the vacuum. If you use a designated vacuum line, put the garden hose anywhere. VACCUMING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL: During a routine vacuum, with a manageable amount of dirt or debris in the pool, vacuum with the multiport on "filter." This will vacuum the dirt and debris to the filter where it will be trapped and permanently removed from the pool. Only clean water will return to the pool. Here are the steps: • The night before you vacuum, brush the pool walls and floor. • After brushing, allow the equipment to be operational for at least 2 hours. This will allow the skimmer to remove the recently brushed and currently suspended dirt and debris. Then, turn "off' the equipment overnight to allow any remaining dirt and debris to settle to the pool floor. • The day of the vacuum, make sure the water level in the pool is to the standard operating water level -half way up the skimmer. • Make sure the multiport is on the "filter" position. If for some reason it is not, with the equipment still "OFF," move the multiport handle to "filter." • Turn the equipment back "on." • Increase the suction to the skimmer by using a vacuum seal plate. Place the vacuum seal plate over the skimmer basket. • Install a telepole to your vac head. • Install one end of the vacuum hose to the vac head. • Allow the vacuum head (with one end of the vacuum hose and the telepole attached) to sink to the bottom of the pool. • Stretch the remaining vacuum hose over the pool wall and into the yard. If you have a deck around your aboveground pool, stretch the vacuum hose along the deck. • Where the vacuum hose meets the surface of the water, push the remaining vacuum hose downward (into the water) and inward (toward the wall). Only allow the end that will attach to your skimmer to be out of the water. This will eliminate air from the vacuum hose and fill it with water. • Once completely filled with water and primed, install the end of the vacuum hose into the skimmer. Again, PMI recommends that you purchase a vacuum seal plate to help hold in the suction. • With the telepole, maneuver the vac head across the pool floor. Notes: As you vacuum the pool, dirt and debris will get trapped in the filter. This, of course, will cause the pressure to rise within your equipment. Monitor the pressure gauge. If the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure, then clean the filter, regardless if you are still vacuuming or if you are complete. Vacuum slowly. You do not want to stir up the dirt and debris from the floor. Some pool professionals will advise you to hold the end of the vacuum hose in front of a return jet in order to prime the hose (eliminate air and fill with water). This is a good idea in theory. But, if dirt and debris is light, the water going from the return jet, through the vacuum hose, and out of the vac head could stir up this dirt and debris on the floor, clouding up the water, impairing visibility to effectively perform the vacuum. The objective when vacuuming is to have the dirt and debris settled on the floor -not stirred up and suspended in the water. You can vacuum your aboveground pool "to waste" by filling up the water level to the highest point of the pool (almost to the point that the pool will overflow), connecting your backwash hose to the appropriate plumbing outlet on the equipment to create a manual waste -line, and by moving you multiport handle to the "Waste" (or "Drain") position; make sure that the power to your equipment is "OFF" before moving the multiport handle. Have a running garden hose over the pool wall to compensate for the water loss. Only vacuum "to waste" until the water level is just above the bottom of the skimmer opening inside the pool. CLEANING A SAND FILTER: If you have a sand filter, it will need to be backwashed when the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure. Here are the steps: • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "filter" to "backwash". • Turn "on" the equipment. • Allow the equipment to backwash for 2 - 3 minutes. If your filter is equipped with a sight glass, backwash until the water in the sight glass turns from dirty to clean. When you backwash, you will sacrifice some of your pool water -chlorinated (or its alternative) pool water. Monitor the level of your chlorine (or its alternative) after a backwash. Also, monitor the water level. If it gets low, add water until the water level is at least half way up the skimmer. • After backwashing, turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "backwash" to "rinse". • Turn "on" the equipment. • Rinse the sand for 20 - 30 seconds to assure that all dirt and debris has been eliminated from the fresh sand. • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "rinse" back to "filter". • Turn "on" the equipment and operate as normal. Notes: Sand should be professionally replaced every 4-5 years. After this 4-5 years, once filter cycles decrease (when it is taking less time for the pressure guage to show a rise of 8-10 psi) and the need for backwashing increases, contract your local pool professionals and pay them to change the sand. There are fragile laterals at the bottom of the inside of your sand filter. If even one of these laterals is cracked or broken, sand will enter the pool, resulting in additional service -and additional fees. Therefore, have the sand professionally replaced. You can prolong a filter sand change by adding a specially formulated Sand Filter Cleaner during the 3rd or 4th year. Read the instructions on the label before adding any chemical/cleaner. Poor water chemistry, as well as insufficient cleaning of the filter, can lead to problems with the sand. Mudballs may form due to poor water chemistry, particularly a high pH. If your water is high in pH, it will not be able to keep calcium in solution. This calcium will find its way into the filter. This calcium can attach to the sand and combine with hair, lint, and other debris (due to a poorly cleaned filter) and form the mudballs, which can again attach to other mudballs to form even larger mudballs, resulting in a blockage in the filter. This can further lead to calcification of the sand. Another potential problem is channeling. If water chemistry or filter cleaning are further neglected, channeling may occur, creating a trail through the sand. During filtration, water will pass through the filter, but the dirt and debris will make its way through the channel, never coming in contact with the sand, and will re-enter the pool. Monitor your water chemistry and clean your filter. CLEANING A DE FILTER: If you have a DE filter, it will need to be backwashed when the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure. The main drawback of backwashing with DE filters is that as the dirt and debris are removed from the filter, so is the DE powder. This requires adding new DE powder after each backwash. New style DE filters, called Regenerative DE filters, have implemented a "bump" mode in order to prolong the filter cycles and reduce the need to backwash. But, after so many "bumps," backwashing is inevitable. Here are the steps: • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "filter" to "backwash" • Turn "on" the equipment. Allow the system to backwash for 2-3 minutes. If your filter is equipped with a sight glass, backwash until the water in the sight glass turns from dirty to clean. When you backwash, you will sacrifice some of your pool water -chlorinated (or its alternative) pool water. Monitor the level of your chlorine (or its alternative) after a backwash. Also, monitor the water level. If it gets low, add water until the water level is at least half way up the skimmer. • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "backwash" to "rinse." • Turn "on" the equipment. • Rinse the new layer of DE powder for about 10 seconds to assure that all dirt and debris have been removed from this new DE powder. • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "rinse" to "filter." • Turn "on" the equipment. • Add new DE powder o Mix DE powder in a bucket of water, following the manufacturer's directions. o Pour the DE powder/water mixture into a skimmer. The mixture will enter the DE filter and disperse evenly to create a fresh layer of DE powder on the DE grids. The DE powder forms what is called a filter cake on the grids. o Too much DE powder can cause the filter cake to be too thick. The grids will compress against each other, casing an adhesive of the dirty DE powder to the grids. If this occurs, you would be wise to contract and pay your local pool professionals to scrape the dirty DE powder off the grids; care must be taken so that the grids are not torn. o Too little DE powder can cause dirt and debris to get imbedded on the grids, which will ruin the grids. Notes: • New style DE filters, called Regenerative DE filters, require less backwashing, as they can be "bumped" to readjust DE powder, which prolongs the filter cycle. Here are the steps to "bumping": o When the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure, close all the valves (main drain and skimmers) and turn the equipment "off' for at least 2-3 minutes o Most Regenerative DE filters have a "bumping handle." By slowly pulling down and rigorously pushing up on the handle 5-10 times, DE powder will fall to the bottom of the filter o When 5-10 bumps are completed and 2-3 minutes have elapsed, open all of the valves and turn the equipment back "on", and a fresh layer of DE powder will instantly form on the DE grids inside your DE filter. o A Regenerative filter can only be bumped so many times before backwashing is inevitable. Once filter cycles decrease and the need to "bump" increases, backwash the filter and add new DE powder, using the same sequence of steps as above. • If your Regenerative DE filter is not equipped with a "bump handle," simply hit the actual filter tank/body with a rubber hammer 5-10 times. • Check the DE grids inside your DE filter periodically. Cleaning the grids is required periodically because (body or suntan) oils, scale, and other deposits can build up on the grids. Many pool professionals sell a specially formulated Filter Cleaner for DE grids. If the grids are torn or frayed, have your local pool professionals install new DE grids for you. CLEANING A CARTRIDGE FILTER: If you have a cartridge filter, the individual pleated filter elements will need to be removed from the filter itself, cleaned with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle when the pressure is 8 - 10 psi above the standard operating pressure, and secured back in the filter. There is no backwashing with a cartridge filter. Here are the steps to clean a cartridge filter: • Turn "off" the equipment. • Remove the lid to the filter tank. Many Cartridge filters have a band that holds the lid of the filter to the base of the filter. If your cartridge filter uses a different application, or if you have difficulty removing the lid for any reason, consult your local pool professionals for advice. • Remove the pleated filter element(s) from the filter. Some cartridge filters use only one large pleated filter element, while other cartridge filters use a series of smaller pleated filter elements. • Spray each pleated filter element with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle. Take time to spray between each pleat, as this is where dirt and debris will collect. • Put the filter element(s) back in the filter. • Put the lid back on the filter tank and secure the lid. Make sure the large O-ring is in place and is in good working shape. About once per month, or whenever needed, put an O-ring lubricant on the O-ring. This will create a tight seal, eliminating any air from entering the filter. This will also extend the life of your O-ring. If the O-ring is torn or frayed, or in any way unusable, then purchase a new 0-ring from your local pool professionals. • Turn "on" the equipment and operate as normal. Notes: The individual pleated filter element(s) should be replaced yearly. A benefit of cartridge filters is their filtering capabilities and the ease in which they are cleaned. A drawback of cartridge filters is the expense of replacing pleated filter elements each year. But, if the pleated filter elements are still in relatively good shape, store them and keep them as a backup while your main pleated filter element(s) are being cleaned. You can prolong the life of pleated filter elements by soaking them overnight in a specially formulated Cartridge Cleaner every 3-4 months. You will, however, need backup pleated filter elements to install in your filter while your main pleated filter elements are soaking overnight. Read the instructions on the label before placing your pleated filter elements in a (5-gallon) bucket with a mixture of the Cartridge Cleaner and water. If pleated filter elements are torn or if the base is cracked, new pleated filter elements will need to be purchased, even if it they are less than 1 year old. ADDING CHEMICALS: Once you have tested your chemicals and completed the maintenance schedule for that particular day, add the necessary chemicals from the previous test(s). Adding chemicals is an obvious part of your routine maintenance schedule. WHEN TO SHOCK: "When" to shock is a question that is always asked, often eliciting numerous responses. In fact, "when" to shock the pool has been a constant debate in the pool industry. Some pool professionals will say once per week, some will say every other week, some will say monthly, and still others will say on an as -needed basis. One satisfactory answer given by a pool professional is that you only want to shock your pool when there is a build-up of ammonia and other undesired matter in the water that are handicapping the ability of your chlorine or bromine (or any other possible alternative) to effectively sanitize, disinfect and oxidize the pool water. Though a well -worded answer it does not effectively answer "when." Sorry to say, but there is no set, industry specific answer for pool owners as to when to shock. Relax-PMI will offer a general recommendation.. Shocking will vary due to the climate (primarily the temperature, humidity, and sunlight) and due to the bather load (the extent to which the pool is used -how many people use the pool at once, how many times throughout one day the pool is used, and how many days each week the pool is used). Here are suggestions: • Cooler temperatures with limited use -every 2 weeks. Cooler temperatures with normal use -every 1- 10 weeks. • Cooler temperatures with heavy use -every week. • Seasonal temperatures with limited use -every 10 - 2 weeks. • Seasonal temperatures with normal use -every 1 - 16 weeks. • Seasonal temperatures with heavy use -every week. • Hot/humid temperatures with limited use -every week. • Hot/humid temperatures with normal use -every 6th day. • Hot/humid temperatures with heavy use -every 5th day. This is a guideline ONLY. With your climate and with your individual bather load, you may have to shock more often than these general suggestions (or perhaps less than these general suggestions). It is virtually impossible to determine "limited," "normal," and "heavy" use of the pool. It is also virtually impossible to determine an agreed upon value for "cooler," "seasonal," and hot/humid" temperatures for the numerous regions. You have to decide your "use" and your current "weather conditions" and make your own decision. Consult your local pool professionals in your region (climate) for their recommendations on shocking. Also, keep these points in mind: • As climate and bather load alter, so should your shocking routine. • The hotter the temperature, the greater the humidity, and the higher the bather load, the more often you will need to shock. • If your pool professional recommends monthly shocking, get other opinions. Once a month may be viable in some regions, but this is in very few regions. • Read the instructions on the label. Some manufacturers recommend first diluting shock in a bucker of water, while other manufacturers recommend broadcasting the shock straight from the packaging into the pool. When diluting, ALWAYS pour the chemical into a bucket that already contains water. NEVER pour water over ANY chemical! Chemicals work in conjunction with water circulation and filtration. Even with a vast and - superior understanding of water chemistry, pool water can -and often will -suffer if water circulation is too limited or if filtration is poor. Therefore, allow the equipment to operate for the RECOMMENDED amount of time. Also clean the filter as part of your routine maintenance schedule. Equipment run time is an issue of constant debate and argument in the pool industry. Many pool professionals demand that the equipment is run continuously-24 hours per day and 7 days per week. Other pool professionals disagree, and argue that the equipment only needs to be run 8-10 hours per day. Supporters of continuous run time (24n) provide numerous justifications for their claim. They argue that: • The electrical charges associated with operating the equipment continuously is a minimal fee. • There could be a much more significant increase in your electrical bill with the daily start -stop -restart pattern. A substantial amount of electrical energy is used during the initial start-up of the equipment. • Chemicals rely on circulation and filtration. If water is stagnant, filtration will be by- passed, and water chemistry will suffer. • If water chemistry is lost, it will cost a lot of money to purchase the additional chemicals that will be required to re -attain water chemistry. Once water chemistry is lost, it will take 2-3 times the amount of chemical to re -attain water chemistry than it would have to simply maintain water chemistry. Supporters of the 8-10 hour run time offer a rebuttle as well as their own justifications. They argue that: • Pumps and filters are properly sized by the pool professionals. The equipment that is installed on each pool is done so on a case -by -case basis. The pump will be able to send the entire volume of the pool water through the filter within 8-10 hours. • Just as you cannot make something that is already wet any wetter, you equally cannot make something that is already clean any cleaner. Therefore, since the equipment can clean the water in 8-10 hours, the additional 14-16 hours of operating the equipment is useless. The only noticeable effect will be an increase in your electrical bill. • It is best to run the equipment overnight. It is cooler at this time, which will be easier on the equipment. But, if swimming will take place during the day, make sure the equipment is operating just before, during, and for at least an hour after swimming. • The supporters are actually stating to run the equipment every night and during all encounters in the pool, which totals in the area of 8-10 hours. 8-10 hours, then, is not a mandate. Rather, it is a guideline. Both sides make a convincing argument. So, who is right? To an extent, both are. The pool professionals that install the equipment on your pool must do so with the correct sizes. They will calculate the gallons of your pool, take the diameter of the plumbing into consideration, see how far your equipment sits from the pool, see how high above the water level or how low below the water level that the equipment sits, and install the correct size pump and filter for your pool. Properly sized, the equipment only needs to run 8-10 hours. But, even with your properly sized equipment, if you use the pool daily, and at times, multiple times per day, then operate the equipment continuously. Also, regardless of use, if you are in a period of hot temperatures, unbearable humidity, and intense sunlight, operate the equipment continuously. Finally, if you traditionally have problems with maintaining water clarity, allow the equipment to operate continuously. This issue of equipment run time will constantly be a source of debate. Much of the debate also involves the tap water from your particular region. Some water sources are very volatile (unstable) while other sources remain fixed (stable). Therefore, this is a regionalized issue. Poolmanual.com recommends that you consult your local pool professionals for information on equipment run time for your given region. But remember, if it is hot and humid, if you use the pool daily, or if you battle water chemistry, then allow the equipment to operate continuously-24 hours per day and 7 days per week -regardless of your region. PUMP: The circulation equipment of your pool -the PUMP (circulation) and the FILTER (filtration) constitute what is known as your (mandatory) pool equipment; a heater and an automatic chemical feeder are optional equipment. A pump has a suction side and a discharge side. The suction side of the pump draws water out of the pool. The water is then transferred to the discharge side of the pump, where it is forced through the filter for cleaning (and perhaps a heater and an automatic chemical feeder) and sent back into the pool. For more specific information on the pump, select from the following topics: • PUMP HOUSING • NAME PLATE • DRAIN PLUG • CLEANING THE PUMP BASKET • MOTOR • PRIMING THE PUMP PUMP HOUSING: The front part of the pump. The pump housing is covered by a lid. Underneath the lid is the pump basket. The pump housing usually contains a nameplate that contains all the pertinent information about the pump itself. There is also a drain plug (or perhaps 2 drain plugs) threaded into the bottom of the pump housing. The pump housing and the motor are collectively called the pump. The motor operates the pump housing, which has a suction side and a discharge side. The suction side is where the pump will draw (suck) water out of the pool. Once out of the pool, the water is transferred to the discharge side where the water is sent (discharged) through the filter and then back into the pool. NAMEPLATE: Located on the pump housing -the front part of the pump that houses the pump basket. The nameplate contains all the pertinent information about the pump, such as: • Manufacturer • Model • (if applicable), a Model Number • Horsepower • Speed (single or dual) -most pool pumps are single (high) speed • Electrical Specifications (110 volt or 220 volt) This is valuable information when you need a part (such as a lid, lid O-ring, pump basket, or drain plug) or when you need to report a service call. NOTE: If the motor is the original motor that came with the pump, all this information will also be listed on a sticker on the motor. However, if it is a replacement motor, then the information on g the sticker will only pertain to that replacement motor, and not the entire pump itself. The fact that motors are typically replaced more often than the entire pumps themselves is the reason that manufacturers also put the information on a nameplate on the pump housing. DRAIN PLUG: All pumps will have at least one drain plug. Some pumps may even have 2 drain plugs. A drain plug is a small threaded plug that screws into the bottom of the pump housing -the front part of the pump that houses the pump basket. The drain plug is used to drain water out of the pump -primarily during a winterize. The drain plug is made of a weaker plastic than that of the pump housing. The reason is that if water is in the pump housing and this water does start to freeze, the drain plug is designed to pop out as the near freezing water begins to expand, relieving pressure from the pump housing. It is better to sacrifice a $448 drain plug than it is to sacrifice a $350 pump housing (the costs will depend on the manufacturer and model of the pump). CLEANING THE PUMP BASKET: A pump basket will sit in the pump housing -the front part of the pump. Your pool will also have a skimmer basket in each of the skimmers. It is the job of these skimmer baskets to trap leaves and other debris so that they do not enter the plumbing. At times, though, some debris (particularly pine needles, dog hair, and other small debris) will escape the simmer basket(s) and will enter the plumbing. If this occurs, it is the job of the pump basket to trap this debris before it enters the equipment, where real damage could occur. Like the skimmer basket(s), the pump basket has very fine passages that will trap dirt or debris, but allow water to pass through. The pump basket is usually positioned under s clear lid, so you can literally see if it contains any debris. You will have to monitor the pump basket daily and clean it out whenever needed. Follow these steps to clean your pump basket: • Turn "off' the power to the equipment temporarily. • Turn the valves (main drain and skimmers) to the "closed" position. • Remove the lid from the pump housing -the front part of the pump. • Remove the basket from the pump. • Empty out any contents. • Spray the basket with a garden hose and nozzle. • Put the basket back in the pump. • Make sure the 0-ring on the pump lid is in place. Approximately once per month, or as often as it is needed, put a lubricant on the 0-ring. It will help seal the lid (to prevent the entrance of any air into the pump) and it will add to the life of your pump lid 0-ring. Any pool professional can sell you the lubricant. • Put the pump lid back on the pump. • Turn the valve for ONLY the main drain back to the "open" position. • Turn the equipment "on" immediately. The entire process FROM turning "off' the l equipment TO turning it back "on" should take you no more than 1 minute. • If pump does not start after approximately 19 minutes, you need to prime the pump. - • If pump does start, open the skimmer valve(s). Open each skimmer valve one at a time, and slowly to alleviate all the air. If there is more than one skimmer, open each one slowly. NOTE: Most aboveground pools do not use any valves. The few that do include a slide valve before and after the pump. Notes: • Do not assume skimmer basket(s) will catch all leaves or debris. Check the pump basket just as often as the skimmer basket(s), and when needed, clean all the baskets. Even if every basket had to be cleaned, the entire process would take you less than 5 minutes. • It is a good idea to have an 0-ring lubricant in stock. MOTOR: The back part of the pump. The motor converts electricity into the mechanical movement of the water. Does that sound confusing? Good -beyond priming the pump, cleaning the pump baskets, or replacing a pump basket, lid, lid O-ring, or drain plug, do NOT attempt to work on the motor. Rather, call your local pool professionals for a necessary service call. Basically, the motor is what powers the overall pump to circulate water -when you need to shut "off" the equipment, you are really shutting "off' the motor. PRIMING THE PUMP: At times, the pump will lose its prime (ability to circulate -draw out and send back in -water). One example is when you are opening your pool after it has been winterized. Another example is after cleaning your pump basket. If the pump should lose its prime, as it will from time to time, it is very easy to re -prime. Here are the steps: 1. Make sure water level in the pool is sufficient (half way up the skimmer). 2. Check the main drain and the skimmer basket(s) for leaves or other obstructions. If leaves or obstructions are present, remove them. 3. Make sure the drain plug(s) are installed in the pump -they better be. 4. With the equipment "off", move the multiport handle to "RECIRCULATE" (some multiports will say "Whirlpool" instead of "Recirculate"). 5. Open ALL valves -the main drain valve and the skimmer valve(s). 6. Remove the lid from the pump housing -the front part of the pump. 7. Insert a standard garden hose into the pump housing. Run the water and fill the pump housing, which will also fill the suction lines (main drain and skimmer), because they are plumbed (attached) to the pump. 8. When water fills all suction lines and overflows out of the pump housing, "close" all valves and then shut off the water (garden hose). 9. Secure the lid back on the pump. Make sure the 0-ring is in place so that no air can enter into the equipment. 10. "Open" the main drain valve ONLY. - 11. Turn "on" the equipment immediately. 12. Do not let the pump run for more than 16 minutes when attempting to prime. If it has been close to 10 minutes and the pump lid is beginning to fog up, then the water remaining in the pump housing (under the lid) is getting too hot. This heated water (due to friction) can destroy your pump seal and cause the pump to leak. If it has been close to 10 minutes OR if you see fog on the lid, then the pump is not priming. SHUT "OFF" THE EQUIPMENT. 13. If the pump does not prime, shut off the power and repeat steps #5 - #12. 14. If the pump does prime, open the skimmer valve(s). Open the skimmer valve one at a time, and slowly to alleviate all air. If there is more than one skimmer, open each one slowly. 15.Once the pump is fully primed and all the valves (skimmer(s) and main drain) are open and water is circulating, shut 'off` the equipment TEMPORARILY (it should take no more than 5 second), and move the multiport handle from 'RECIRCULATE" (or "Whirlpool") to "FILTER." 16. Turn "on" the equipment immediately. 17. Allow the equipment to operate on "FILTER" until otherwise needed. NOTE: If the equipment (pump and filter) sits at a higher elevation than the surface of the pool water, it may take repeated efforts to prime the pump. The reason is that the pump has to pull water UPHILL in order to draw and maintain a prime. NOTE: The equipment for aboveground pools sit below the level of the water. You do not need a garden hose. The water will gradually drain out of the pool and into the plumbing in order to draw the prime. Most aboveground pools do not use any valves, the few that do include a slide valve before and after the pump. FILTER: The filtration equipment of your pool -the FILTER (filtration) and the PUMP (circulation) constitute what is known as your (mandatory) pool equipment; a heater and an automatic chemical feeder are optional equipment. The pump draws water out of the pool, sends it to the filter, where any dirt and debris are trapped and removed, and forces only clean water back to the pool. For more specific information on filters, select from the following topics: • TYPES OF FILTERS • PRESSURE GUAGE • AIR RELIEF VALVE • SIGHT GLASS • DRAIN PLUG/CAP • MULTIPORT VALVE • FILTER MEDIA • CLEANING A SAND FILTER • CLEANING A DE FILTER • CLEANING A CARTRIDGE FILTER TYPES OF FILTERS: There are three primary types of pool filters: • Sand Filter -uses silica sand to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. Do NOT use standard "playground" sand. Rather, you must use silica sand, which you can purchase from any pool professional. • DE (Diatomaceous Earth) Filter -uses DE powder, which is skeletal remains of microscopic organisms that roamed the earth millions of years ago, to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. You can purchase DE powder from any pool professional. • Cartridge Filter -uses pleated filter elements to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. You can purchase pleated filter elements from any pool professional. You must know the manufacturer and model, or better yet, a part number, in order to purchase replacement pleated filter elements. PRESSURE GUAGE: A component that is either threaded into the TOP or the SIDE of your filter. The pressure guage ranges from 0-60 psi (pounds per square inch; you do not have to understand the mathematics behind "psi"). The pressure guage registers the amount of pressure within your filter. You need to note the standard operating pressure for your equipment -a standard operating pressure for many filters is 10-18 psi on the pressure guage. Once your filter is cleaned and the equipment is restarted, note your standard operating pressure. Once your pressure is 8-10 psi ABOVE your standard operating pressure, you will need to clean your filter. V'4 AIR RELIEF VALVE: Some filters have an air relief valve threaded into the TOP of the filter. This valve can be opened to release air from the filter, thus relieving pressure. Sadly, not all filters are equipped with an air relief valve. SIGHT GLASS: Some (sand and DE) filters have a sight glass threaded into the SIDE of the filter. This sight glass is only used to monitor a backwash -the procedure to clean a sand filter or a DE filter. When backwashing, monitor the sight glass -once the water in the sight glass changes from dirty to clean, the backwash is complete. Not all filters are equipped with a sight glass. If your filter is not equipped with a sight glass, a guideline is to backwash the filter for 2-3 minutes. DRAIN PLUG/CAP: Some filters have a drain PLUG (male threads that screw into the female threads of the BOTTOM of the filter tank itself) while other filters have a drain CAP (female threads that screw onto a male threaded adapter at the BOTTOM of the filter tank). The drain plug/cap is used to drain water out of the filter -primarily during a winterize. The drain plug/cap is made of a weaker plastic than that of the filter tank. The reason is that if water is in the filter and this water does start to freeze, the drain plug/cap is designed to pop out as the near freezing water begins to expand, relieving pressure from the filter tank. It is better to sacrifice a $448 drain plug/cap (or $10-$19 for a complete drain assembly) than it is to sacrifice the filter tank itself, which may result in the purchase of a new complete filter, plus the cost of labor to install. MULTIPORT VALVE: A valve with as many as 6 positions. Water can be diverted for any of these 6 functions by simply turning "off' the power to the equipment, moving the multiport handle to the desired position, and turning back "on" the equipment to complete the desired task. The multiport valve will either be plumbed (attached) to the TOP of your filter (a top -mount multiport valve) or to the SIDE of your filter ( a side -mount multiport valve). FILTER MEDIA: Each type of filter will have its own media. The filter media is what actually traps dirt and debris within the filter to remove it from the pool. The filter media for each type of filter is: • Sand Filter -uses silica sand to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. Do NOT use standard "playground" sand. Rather, you must use silica sand, which you can purchase from any pool professional. • DE (Diatomaceous Earth) Filter -uses DE powder, which is skeletal remains of Y) microscopic organisms that roamed the earth millions of years ago, to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. You can purchase DE powder from any pool professional. • Cartridge Filter -uses pleated filter elements to trap and remove dirt and debris from the pool. You can purchase pleated filter elements from any pool professional. You must know the manufacturer and model, or better yet, a part number, in order to purchase replacement pleated filter elements. CLEANING A SAND FILTER: If you have a sand filter, it will need to be backwashed when the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure. Here are the steps: • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "filter" to "backwash". • Turn "on" the equipment. • Allow the equipment to backwash for 2 - 3 minutes. If your filter is equipped with a sight glass, backwash until the water in the sight glass turns from dirty to clean. When you backwash, you will sacrifice some of your pool water -chlorinated (or its alternative) pool water. Monitor the level of your chlorine (or its alternative) after a backwash. Also, monitor the water level. If it gets low, add water until the water level is at least half way up the skimmer. • After backwashing, turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "backwash" to "rinse". • Turn "on" the equipment. • Rinse the sand for 20 - 30 seconds to assure that all dirt and debris has been eliminated from the fresh sand. • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "rinse" back to "filter". • Turn "on" the equipment and operate as normal. Notes: Sand should be professionally replaced every 4-5 years. After this 4-5 years, once filter cycles decrease (when it is taking less time for the pressure guage to show a rise of 8-10 psi) and the need for backwashing increases, contract your local pool professionals and pay them to change the sand. There are fragile laterals at the bottom of the inside of your sand filter. If even one of these laterals is cracked or broken, sand will enter the pool, resulting in additional service -and additional fees. Therefore, have the sand professionally replaced. You can prolong a filter sand change by adding a specially formulated Sand Filter Cleaner during the 3rd or 4th year. Read the instructions on the label before adding any chemical/cleaner. • Poor water chemistry, as well as insufficient cleaning of the filter, can lead to problems with the sand. Mudballs may form due to poor water chemistry, particularly a high pH. If your water is high in pH, it will not be able to keep calcium in solution. This calcium will find its way into the filter. This calcium can attach to the sand and combine with hair, lint, and other debris (due to a poorly cleaned filter) and form the mudballs, which can again attach to other mudballs to form even larger mudballs, resulting in a blockage in the filter. This can further lead to calcification of the sand. Another potential problem is channeling. If water chemistry or filter cleaning are further neglected, channeling may occur, creating a trail through the sand. During filtration, water will pass through the filter, but the dirt and debris will make its way through the channel, never coming in contact with the sand, and will re-enter the pool. Monitor your water chemistry and clean your filter. CLEANING A DE FILTER: If you have a DE filter, it will need to be backwashed when the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure. The main drawback of backwashing with DE filters is that as the dirt and debris are removed from the filter, so is the DE powder. This requires adding new DE powder after each backwash. New style DE filters, called Regenerative DE filters, have implemented a "bump" mode in order to prolong the filter cycles and reduce the need to backwash. But, after so many "bumps," backwashing is inevitable. Here are the steps: • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "filter" to "backwash" • Turn "on" the equipment. Allow the system to backwash for 2-3 minutes. If your filter is equipped with a sight glass, backwash until the water in the sight glass turns from dirty to clean. When you backwash, you will sacrifice some of your pool water -chlorinated (or its alternative) pool water. Monitor the level of your chlorine (or its alternative) after a backwash. Also, monitor the water level. If it gets low, add water until the water level is at least half way up the skimmer. • Turn "off" the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "backwash" to "rinse." • Turn "on" the equipment. • Rinse the new layer of DE powder for about 10 seconds to assure that all dirt and debris have been removed from this new DE powder. • Turn "off' the equipment. • Move the multiport handle from "rinse" to "filter." (. $' . Turn "on" the equipment. • Add new DE powder o Mix DE powder in a bucket of water, following the manufacturer's directions. o Pour the DE powder/water mixture into a skimmer. The mixture will enter the DE filter and disperse evenly to create a fresh layer of DE powder on the DE grids. The DE powder forms what is called a f lter cake on the grids. o Too much DE powder can cause the filter cake to be too thick. The grids will compress against each other, casing an adhesive of the dirty DE powder to the grids. If this occurs, you would be wise to contract and pay your local pool professionals to scrape the dirty DE powder off the grids; care must be taken so that the grids are not torn. o Too little DE powder can cause dirt and debris to get imbedded on the grids, which will ruin the grids. Notes: • New style DE filters, called Regenerative DE filters, require less backwashing, as they can be "bumped" to readjust DE powder, which prolongs the filter cycle. Here are the steps to "bumping": o When the pressure is 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure, close all the valves (main drain and skimmers) and turn the equipment "off' for at least 2-3 minutes o Most Regenerative DE filters have a "bumping handle." By slowly pulling down and rigorously pushing up on the handle 5-10 times, DE powder will fall to the bottom of the filter o When 5-10 bumps are completed and 2-3 minutes have elapsed, open all of the valves and turn the equipment back "on", and a fresh layer of DE powder will instantly form on the DE grids inside your DE filter. o A Regenerative filter can only be bumped so many times before backwashing is inevitable. Once filter cycles decrease and the need to "bump" increases, backwash the filter and add new DE powder, using the same sequence of steps as above. If your Regenerative DE filter is not equipped with a "bump handle," simply hit the actual filter tank/body with a rubber hammer 5-10 times. Check the DE grids inside your DE filter periodically. Cleaning the grids is required periodically because (body or suntan) oils, scale, and other deposits can build up on the grids. Many pool professionals sell a specially formulated Filter Cleaner for DE grids. If the grids are torn or frayed, have your local pool professionals install new DE grids for you. CLEANING A CARTRIDGE FILTER: If you have a cartridge filter, the individual pleated filter elements will need to be removed from the filter itself, cleaned with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle when the pressure is 8 - 10 psi above the standard operating pressure, and secured back in the filter. There is no backwashing with a cartridge filter. Here are the steps to clean a cartridge filter: • Turn "off' the equipment. • Remove the lid to the filter tank. Many Cartridge filters have a band that holds the lid of the filter to the base of the filter. If your cartridge filter uses a different application, or if you have difficulty removing the lid for any reason, consult your local pool professionals for advice. • Remove the pleated filter element(s) from the filter. Some cartridge filters use only one large pleated filter element, while other cartridge filters use a series of smaller pleated filter elements. • Spray each pleated filter element with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle. Take time to spray between each pleat, as this is where dirt and debris will collect. • Put the filter element(s) back in the filter. • Put the lid back on the filter tank and secure the lid. Make sure the large O-ring is in place and is in good working shape. About once per month, or whenever needed, put an O-ring lubricant on the O-ring. This will create a tight seal, eliminating any air from entering the filter. This will also extend the life of your O-ring. If the O-ring is torn or frayed, or in any way unusable, then purchase a new O-ring from your local pool professionals. • Turn "on" the equipment and operate as normal. Notes: The individual pleated filter element(s) should be replaced yearly. A benefit of cartridge filters is their filtering capabilities and the ease in which they are cleaned. A drawback of cartridge filters is the expense of replacing pleated filter elements each year. But, if the pleated filter elements are still in relatively good shape, store them and keep them as a backup while your main pleated filter element(s) are being cleaned. You can prolong the life of pleated filter elements by soaking them overnight in a specially formulated Cartridge Cleaner every 3-4 months. You will, however, need backup pleated filter elements to install in your filter while your main pleated filter elements are soaking overnight. Read the instructions on the label before placing your pleated filter elements in a (5-gallon) bucket with a mixture of the Cartridge Cleaner and water. If pleated filter elements are torn or if the base is cracked, new pleated filter elements will need to be purchased, even if it they are less than 1 year old. MULTIPORT VALVE: A valve that allows for numerous functions to be performed. The multiport valve will either sit on top of your filter (a top -mount multiport valve) or it will sit on the side of your filter (a side -mount multiport valve). Most multiport valves contain SIX POSITIONS. Regardless of the position, NEVER move the handle on the multiport valve while the equipment is 'ON." PUSH / PULL VALVE: An alternative to the multiport valve that is rarely, if ever, used on pools anymore. For those pools that have a push/pull valve, there are only TWO POSITIONS. Regardless of the position, NEVER move the handle on the push/pull valve while the equipment is "ON." (GATE or BALL) VALVES: A plumbing component that controls water circulation. As you perform the many tasks that are required to achieve and maintain water chemistry, you will need to become familiar with the positioning (either 'open" or "closed") of these valves. The positioning will be explained on a case -by -case basis, where they apply.Note: There are typically no valves for aboveground pools, with the exception of some aboveground pools that may use slide valves to stop circulation when they need to clean the pump basket; if so, these slide valves are usually installed before the pump and after the pump. HEATER: Optional pool equipment that is plumbed after your pump and filter (and perhaps before an automatic chemical feeder). A heater is a component that either uses natural gas, propane, or electricity to raise the temperature of the pool water. Heaters are most common in those regions that are forced to winterize the pool. A heater will extend the length of the pool season for these regions. A heater will not, however, allow these regions to have a year-round pool season. With freezing temperatures and other inclement weather, a winterize is inevitable for these regions, even with a heater. • NATURAL GAS HEATER • PROPANE HEATER • ELECTRIC HEATER • BTU • THERMOSTAT • HIGH LIMIT SWITCH • PRESSURE SWITCH • BURNER ASSEMBLY • HEAT EXCHANGER • CAUTION WITH HEATERS NATURAL GAS HEATER: Equipment that uses natural gas to heat your pool water. You will need to make sure the pilot light is lit in order for the heater to work. There are 2 types of natural gas heaters: • Millivolt -you have to manually ignite the pilot light if it goes out. • Electronic Ignition -will automatically ignite the pilot light when the heater calls for heat. PROPANE HEATER: Equipment that uses propane to heat your pool water. You will need to make sure the pilot light is lit in order for the heater to work. There are 2 types of propane heaters: • Millivolt -you have to manually ignite the pilot light if it goes out. • Electronic Ignition -will automatically ignite the pilot light when the heater calls for heat. ELECTRIC HEATERS: Equipment that uses electricity to heat your pool water. Electric heaters are more commonly installed on inground spas than they are on pools. BTU: British Thermal Unit. The BTU is used to determine the amount of heat that is required to raise 1 pound of water by 19 Fahrenheit. The only time that you will really need to know the BTU of your heater is when you are setting up a service call. THERMOSTAT: An adjustable part of your heater to maintain the desired temperature. Once you set your heater to a desired temperature, the thermostat will turn "on" and "off" the heater once the desired temperature is reached. The thermostat usually utilizes a sticker around the dial - "blue" forcooler temperatures and "red" for hotter temperatures. If your heater has a difficult time reaching and maintaining your desired preset temperature, call your local pool professionals for a service call. HIGH LIMIT SWITCH: A relay in your heater that will turn "off" the heater if the temperature of the water exceeds a manufacturer -preset maximum (usually around 1046). If the registered temperature of your water exceeds this maximum -acceptable level, the high limit will deactivate the heater. If this happens to your heater, call your local pool professionals for a service call. PRESSURE SWITCH: A switch in the heater that senses the circulation of water through the heater. For your heater to heat, the circulation must be adequate. Therefore, if you heater is not heating, check the pump and skimmer baskets. If they are full, circulation will be restricted, and the pressure switch will not allow the heater to heat. To rectify, simply clean the baskets. If the baskets are clean, but the heater still will not heat, check the filter. If the filter is dirty, pressure within the equipment will be increased, leading to a decrease in circulation, causing the pressure switch to not allow the heater to heat. To rectify, simply clean the filter. If all of the baskets and the filter are clean, make sure the pilot light is lit. If all three areas are fine, call your local pool professionals for a service call. BURNER ASSEBLY: an assembly to heat the heat exchanger. HEAT EXCHANGER: The copper part of your heater that water will flow through in order to heat the water. The heat exchanger will transfer heat FROM the burner assembly TO the pool water. You do not need to know the mechanical specifics of transferring heat from the burner assembly to the pool water. Rather, just understand that in order for this transfer of heat to occur, your pool water will flow through, and ultimately come into contact with, the heat exchanger. If your water is either "acidic" (having a pH level below 7.2) or "alkaline" (having a pH level above 7.8) and neglected, damage could result to the heat exchanger. Your unbalanced water will make demands on the heat exchanger, dissolving the copper. This will cause a green (or blue- green) tint to your pool water, and perhaps blue-green stains on your pool walls and floor. As expensive as it will be to restore water chemistry and clarity, the cost of the chemicals will not even come close to rivaling the cost of a new heat exchanger (literally anywhere from $500- $1500 depending on the manufacturer, model, and BTU of your heater; as you can see from the cost, the heat exchanger plays a major role in heating the water). Poor water chemistry -primarily high or low pH -has actually destroyed heat exchangers in as little as 3 months. CAUTION WITH HEATERS: At times a heater will fail to ignite from accidental neglect rather than mechanical failure of the heater itself. The heater requires sufficient water flow through it in order for it to ignite and heat. If your heater is not heating the water, here are 3 troubleshooting techniques: Make sure the pilot light is ignited -an unlit pilot light will obviously cause the heater to not heat. If the pilot light is not lit, then ignite the pilot light. Make sure the pump and skimmer baskets are clean -if they are clogged, water circulation will be restricted, causing the heater to not heat. If any basket is full, clean out the basket(s). Make sure the filter is clean -if the filter is dirty, the resulting high pressure within the equipment will restrict water circulation and cause the heater to not heat. If the filter is dirty, clean the filter. o Sand filter and DE filter = backwash. o Cartridge filter = clean pleated filter elements with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle. Beyond these 3 troubleshooting techniques, if your heater still will not heat, contract your local pool professionals and pay them for a necessary service call on your heater. If you are not properly trained, heaters are dangerous to service -call your trained and experienced local pool professionals and set up a service call. AUTOMATIC CHEMICAL FEEDER: Optional pool equipment that is plumbed after your pump and filter (and perhaps after a heater). A component that dispenses a certain chemical into the pool automatically. Typically, chemical feeders are limited to chlorine, bromine, or alternatives. An automatic chemical feeder that dispenses chlorine into the pool is often called a "chlorinator." An automatic chemical feeder that dispenses bromine into the pool is often called a "brominator." Regardless of the chemical that is dispensed, these automatic chemical feeders allow the pool owner to closely monitor and regulate the amount of chemical that is being dispensed. If you use chlorine or bromine, as over 90% of you do, the automatic chemical feeder is a great investment. PLUMBING: Usually rigid or flexible PVC pipe (either 1 0" or 2" in diameter) that connects all of the equipment in order to achieve circulation. Although you will likely never see the plumbing lines for your pool, these lines are the HIGHWAY that make circulation and filtration possible. Note: Some older pools used copper pipes or iron pipes to plumb (connect) the equipment. MAIN DRAIN: Not used on every pool. If used, the main drain is typically installed in the deepest end of the pool. Along with the skimmer(s), the main drain is a component where circulation is initiated. The main drain is connected to plumbing that runs to the (suction side of the) pump. This allows the pump to draw water (as well as dirt and debris) from the bottom of the pool. The pump will then send the water to the filter, where the dirt and debris will be trapped and removed from the pool, and send only clean water back to the pool. The great majority of aboveground pools do not use a main drain. SKIMMER: Some pools have one skimmer (especially aboveground pools), most pools have two skimmers, and some large pools have more than two skimmers. Skimmer(s) are installed through the wall of the pool, positioned half way under the surface of the water and half way above the water; in fact, the skimmer is used to judge the standard operating level of the water. Along with the main drain, the skimmer(s) are a component where circulation is initiated. The skimmer(s) are connected to the plumbing that runs to the (suction side of the) pump. This allows the pump to draw water (as well as dirt and debris) from the surface of the water. The water level, then, must ALWAYS be at least in the middle of the skimmer in order to deliver water to the pump. The pump will then send the water to the filter, where the dirt and debris will be trapped and removed form the pool, and send only clean water back to the pool. If leaves or "l other large debris are present, they will get caught in the SKIMMER BASKET(S). RETURN JET: Few pools have one return jet (especially aboveground pools), while most pools have at least two return jets. Return jets are installed through the wall of the pool, usually - positioned at least 10" below the surface of the water. Return jets are components where circulation is completed. Return jets are connected to the (discharge side of the) pump. Once the pump draws water out of the pool (via the main drain and skimmers), it is then forced through the filter (and perhaps a heater and an automatic chemical feeder), and finally sent back to the pool, via the return jets. Note: it is best to have the same size "eyeball" (opening) in each return jet to eliminate air bubbles and to allow for continuous and smooth water circulation AUTOMATIC VACUUM CLEANER: An option you can purchase for your pool. An automatic cleaner is a pool vacuum cleaner that will vacuum the pool for you. Most pool owners operate their automatic vacuum cleaners in the evening, when nobody is swimming in the pool. Although great for routine maintenance, there are times when an automatic vacuum cleaner cannot be used. But still, the automatic vacuum cleaner is a worthwhile investment. For more specific information on automatic chemical feeders, select from the following topics: • SUCTION AUTOMATIC CLEANERS • PRESSURE AUTOMATIC CLEANERS • WHEN TO USE THE MANUAL VACUUM SUCTION AUTOMATIC CLEANERS: Automatic vacuum cleaners that use the suction of your pump in order to vacuum the pool; the same concept as your manual vacuum assembly- telepole, vac head, and vacuum hose -but it will vacuum the pool for you. The vacuum hose that accompanies your suction -type automatic vacuum cleaner will attach to your skimmer (or a designated vacuum line) and then just walk around and vacuum the pool for you. Some automatic cleaners only vacuum the floor while others vacuum both the floor and the walls. Most automatic cleaners come with an owner's manual and/or a video to teach you installation and "how to." If not, or if you do not understand the owners manual or the video, consult your local pool professionals for advice. There are too many manufacturers of suction -type automatic vacuum cleaners for poolmanual.com to detail the installation and "how to" instructions for each - consult the local pool professionals that sold you the unit for any advice. NOTES: Like your manual vacuum assembly, you will need to monitor the pressure guage and perhaps clean your filter if the pressure rises 8-10 psi above the standard operating pressure. With so much dirt and debris getting sent to the filter, pressure usually rises during a vacuum - whether it be completed manually or via your automatic cleaner. Also like your manual vacuum assembly, you want almost complete suction going to the skimmer (or designated vacuum line) that you will use to do the vacuum. Therefore, you will need to be familiar with valve positioning: • If you vacuum from a skimmer: o Close the valve for the main drain. o If there is more than one skimmer, close the valve to the other skimmer(s) that you are not using to do the vacuum. NOTE: Since there is no main drain and only one skimmer typically installed on an aboveground pool, you do not have to worry about any valve positioning. • If you vacuum from a designated vacuum line: o Close the valve for the main drain. o Close the valve for all the skimmers. NOTE: It would be extremely rare to find an aboveground pool with a designated vacuum line. PRESSURE AUTOMATIC CLEANERS: Automatic vacuum cleaners that do not use the suction of your pool pump to vacuum the pool. Rather, another pump is plumbed in with your equipment -this pump will only operate the pressure -type automatic vacuum cleaner; it is plumbed in after your standard pump and filter. Most automatic cleaners come with an owner's manual and/or a video to teach you installation and "how to." If not, or if you do not understand the owner's manual or the video, consult your local pool professionals for advice. There are too many manufacturers of pressure -type automatic vacuum cleaners for PMI to detail the installation and "how to" instructions for each -consult the local pool professionals that sold you the unit for any advice. NOTES: The additional pump (often called a booster pump) operates the vacuum. If you have a pressure -type automatic vacuum cleaner, valve positioning remains normal -all valves remain open for uninterrupted and complete circulation. WHEN TO USE THE MANUAL VACUUM ASSEMBLY: If you own an automatic vacuum cleaner (as every pool owner should be fortunate enough to), you still cannot use it to do EVERY vacuum. Some situations call for the manual vacuum assembly (telepole, vac head, vacuum hose, and perhaps a vacuum seal plate) to be used: • When the pool walls and floor are fully covered with thick and heavy dirt and debris. This is too much for your automatic vacuum cleaner to vacuum out of the pool. Automatic vacuum cleaners were designed to vacuum the pool on a routine basis; not when you have neglected vacuuming and now the pool walls and floor are covered with 41 dirt and debris. • After a pool that has been winterized is opened again in the spring. Even with a properly covered pool (via your winter cover), dirt and debris may, and probably will, enter the pool. This dirt and debris can tend to be thick and heavy since the pool water has not been circulating all winter. Once the pool is opened, add your initial chemicals (algaecide and shock, and perhaps a Metal Sequestering Agent for some regions) and allow the equipment to operate (and the water to circulate) continuously-24 hours per day and 7 days per at least a week. After 1-2 days of continuous water circulation and the addition of chlorine (or its alternative), as well as the addition of the initial chemicals, vacuum the pool with your manual vacuum assembly. • When you are pressed for time. The automatic vacuum cleaners, even at their fastest pace, tend to take their sweet time, in their defense, though, they do a thorough job and they are making your life easier). TIME CLOCKS: An option you can purchase for your pool equipment. Many pool owners who support and follow the 8-10 hour equipment run time will install a time clock. This time clock can be programmed to determine when the equipment will operate and when the equipment will shut off. Most time clocks are programmed to operate the equipment only during the programmed hours. Therefore, if you want to swim or vacuum the pool, which requires the equipment to be operational, you will have to go over and manually program the time clock yourself in order to operate the equipment during these spontaneous times. "COMPOOL" CONTROL SYSTEM: Optional and fairly expensive, yet a highly recommended component. Basically, an up -dated and enhanced version of the time clock. "COMPOOL," a division of PAC FAB, INC, offers a system to mount in your house that will control circulation (the pump) and numerous other functions. In addition to controlling equipment and components, the "COMPOOL" Control System also shows numerous displays, including current chemical readings. You can literally receive pertinent information about your pool from inside the confines and comfort of your own home. If you purchase a "COMPOOL" Control System, as you should, have your pool professionals install it, program it, and give you a detailed orientation on all the functions. Aside from your poolmanul.com subsription, a "COMPOOL" Control System is the wisest purchase to enhance your pool ownership experience. IN -POOL LIGHT: Although an option, the underwater light is installed in most pools for swimming at night. If the bulb bums out, consult your local pool professionals to purchase a replacement bulb. It is helpful to know the manufacturer of the light assembly. You will definitely need to know the voltage (either 12 volt or 120 volt) of the light as well as how the bulb is inserted. This, along with all your other equipment and accessories, is a great reason to �G utilize your equipment registration form. FIBER-OPTIC LIGHTING: A fairly expensive, yet beautiful and worthwhile, option that is being installed in more and more new pools on a regular basis. Fiber -optics lighting is installed along the perimeter of the pool, allowing the various colors of light to illuminate off the water. Fiber-optic light can also be installed under the water, replacing the in -pool lights. But, fiber- optic lighting is currently limited to new pool constructions, as a special tack must be installed to the pool wall to hold the fiber-optic cables in place. AUTOMATIC POOL COVER: Either powered by electricity or manually powered, automatic covers are used year-round. These pool covers are used during the season to help heat and insulate the pool water, as well as keep dirt and debris out of the pool. These pool covers are also used to winterize the pool. RAIL: (Also called a Hand rail or a Grab Rail). Deck equipment that is typically installed and anchored in both the pool deck and the in -pool step to make it easier and safer to enter or exit the pool. IN -POOL STEP: A step that is installed during the construction of the pool. It is always installed in the shallow end of the pool. Accompanied by a hand rail (or grab rail), the step makes it easy and safe to enter and exit the pool. You can now purchase an in -pool step for aboveground pools. LADDER: Deck equipment that is typically installed and anchored to the pool deck to make it easier and safer to enter and exit deeper waters of the pool. The bottom of the ladder rests against the pool wall for reinforcement and stability. Remember to install Ladder Bumpers (pads) in the bottom of the ladder so that it does not damage the finish of the pool -especially for vinyl -liner pools (without ladder bumpers, the ladder will tear a vinyl -liner). Aboveground pools offer (2) styles of ladders: • A -Frame: a ladder that extends from the ground outside the pool to the floor inside the pool. • Deck -mount: a ladder that attaches to your deck and extends to the pool floor. DIVING BOARD: A device that obviously allows diving in the pool. Construction and safety codes will specify mandatory dimensions and depths of your pool for the use of a diving board. Have your local pool professionals research local codes before installing a diving board on your pool. The diving board is attached to a dive stand, which is anchored to the pool deck. Diving boards and dive stands must be properly sized together. This is determined by the type and length of the diving board, as well as the dimensions and depth of the pool. If you use a diving board, be careful. There is to be NO diving in an aboveground pool. SLIDE: Deck equipment that provides a fun way to enter the pool. Slides are typically made of fiberglass with a stainless steel frame that is anchored to the pool deck. Slides can either be left - curve or right curve. As with diving boards, construction and safety codes will specify mandatory dimensions and depths of your pool for use of a slide. Have your local pool professionals research local codes before installing a slide on your pool. If you use a slide, be careful. SAFETY ROPE: Rope that is attached across a diving pool to signal the end of the shallow end of the pool and the transition to the deep (diving) end of the pool. Safety rope is a safety device. DEPTH MARKERS: Deck equipment that specifies the depth of the pool in certain areas. Depth Markers are typically tile, adhesive, or stencil. Depth markers are a great way to provide awareness of the various depths at certain points of the pool. LIFE RING: (Also called a Toss Ring). A floating foam ring with rope securely attached. The rope must be long enough to span the entire distance of the pool. If someone appears to be drowning, hold on to the end of the rope and throw them the ring. They can hold on to the floating ring while you pull them to safety with the rope. This practical and potential life-saving device should be the property of EVERY pool owner. LIFE HOOK: A safety hook that attaches to your telepole. If someone appears to be drowning, extend the life hook out towards them and maneuver it around them in order to pull them to safety. A common life hook sold by most pool professionals is called a "Shepherd's Crook." This practical and potential life-saving device should be the property of EVERY pool owner. FIRST AID KIT: Like commercial pools, all residential pool owners should have a specified poolside first aid kit. Consult your local pool professionals to discuss what should constitute your poolside first aid kit. Chemical tests and adjustments alone will not promote proper water chemistry. Rather, adequate circulation and filtration, as well as the pursuit of a routine maintenance schedule are also required. In order to perform routine maintenance, you have to become familiar with your maintenance equipment: • TESTING DEVICE • TELEPOLE • NETS • BRUSH • MANUAL VACUUM ASSEMBLY • AUTOMATIC VACUUM CLEANERS • DELRIN SPRING • CONNECTOR PIN • GARDEN HOSE OPERATED VACUUM • BACKWASH HOSE • AUTOMATIC WATER LEVELER TEST DEVICE: You must constantly test for chlorine (or its alternative), pH, and Alkalinity at the poolside. Approximately once per month, or if unusual pool readings occur, take a water sample to your local pool professionals and have them test every chemical reading on the computer. Test chlorine (or its alternative), as well as pH and Alkalinity, 2 - 3 times per week during normal weather conditions and under normal use. Test chlorine (or its alternative) daily during periods of scorching temperatures, unbearable humidity, and intense sunlight, as these are the times when bather load is at its highest. Test chlorine (or its alternative), as well as pH and Alkalinity, after heavy rainfall, before and after a pool party, and, of course, if water appears to be cloudy, murky, or beginning to form algae. The only way that you can accurately depict the condition of your water is by administering the actual tests. Either with test strips or test kits, the tests only take minutes to perform. Test strips and reagents (or tablets) for test kits are also inexpensive. TELEPOLE: A long aluminum pole that can extend to various lengths in order to complete its intended maintenance procedure at any area and at any depth of the pool. The telepole attaches to your nets, brush, vacuum assembly, and other maintenance equipment in order to perform a maintenance task. The telepole also attaches to the "Shepherd's Crook," which is a life -hook (a life-saving device). NETS: There are two styles of standard pool nets: Deep Net and Skimmer Net. The deep net, which is often called a leaf rake, has a wide opening and a deep net. This style of net is primarily used to reach leaves or other large debris that have settled to the pool floor. The deep net can also be used to skim leaves and debris off the surface of the water, but the skimmer net is best at performing this task. The skimmer net, which has a shallow net, is primarily used to remove leaves, grass clippings, debris, or insects that float on the surface of the water. BRUSH: Typically, a brush is 18" in length and has either nylon bristles or stainless steel bristles. The brush is used to brush away dirt and debris, as well as algae, from the pool walls and floor. There are also specialized brushes, such as an algae brush (only used to brush away algae) and a corner brush (to brush away dirt or debris, as well as algae, from the corners, where the walls meet the floor, and at the faceplates of the skimmers and return jets, where stubborn dirt, debris and algae is capable of escaping the standard 18" brush). The nylon bristle brush can be used with any type of pool to brush away dirt, debris, or Green and Mustard Algae. The stainless steel bristle brush can only be used on a concrete, gunite, shotcrete, or fiberglass pool to remove stubborn Black Algae, stubborn dirt, any stains or scale. A stainless steel bristle brush can never be used with a vinyl -liner pool (it is too abrasive and may tear the liner). MANUAL VACUUM ASSEMBLY: Consists of the vac head, the vacuum hose, the telepole, and perhaps a vacuum seal plate. There are two styles of vac heads: the brush -style vac head and the wheel -style vac head. A brush -style vac head is used for vinyl liner pools. A wheel -style vac head is used for concrete, gunite, shotcrete, and fiberglass pools. One end of the vacuum hose will connect to the vac head and the other end of the vacuum hose will connect to your skimmer. If so, a vacuum seal plate should be placed over the skimmer in order to trap optimal suction to complete the vacuum. Some pools have a designated vacuum line. If this is the case with your pool, connect the vacuum hose to this designated vacuum line instead of the skimmer. Use the telepole to maneuver the vacuum assembly across the pool floor and wails. AUTOMATIC VACUUM CLEANERS: A vacuum cleaner that will vacuum your pool for you. Regardless of the brand and type of automatic vacuum cleaner, if you can afford one, buy one. They are a worthwhile investment. But, even if you own an automatic vacuum cleaner, you will still need to use your manual vacuum assembly in these situations: • The pool has just been opened (after previously being winterized). After opening, a large amount of dirt and debris is typically present on the walls and floor. • Any time that a large amount of dirt and debris are present on the walls or floor. • Algae is present. DELRIN SPRING: The spring that allows certain maintenance equipment (like nets, the brush, and the vac head) to attach to the telepole. Delrin Springs will break. But, they are extremely inexpensive. Purchase a half dozen at a time, store them with the rest of your maintenance equipment, and replenish your stock when you are down to your last Delrin Spring. CONNECTOR PIN: Some maintenance equipment use Connector Pins to attach to the telepole. Connector Pins will break or get lost. But, they are extremely inexpensive. Purchase a half dozen at a time, store them with the rest of your maintenance equipment, and replenish your stock when you are down to your last Connector Pin. GARDEN HOSE OPERATED VACUUM: Some pools do not have suction lines in order to vacuum the pool with a manual vacuum assembly. In order to vacuum these pools, a garden hose operated vacuum is used. There are two types of vacuum units: the brush -style vacuum unit and the wheel -style vacuum unit. The brush -style vacuum unit is used for vinyl -liner pools. The wheel -style vacuum unit is used for concrete, gunite, shotcrete, and fiberglass pools. Your standard garden hose will attach to the vacuum unit. The running water from your garden hose will create suction, drawing the leaves, dirt, and other debris into the silt bag of the vacuum unit. Once full, empty the silt bag, reattach it to the vacuum unit, and start again until the silt bag is full. Many pool owners with the capability to use a manual vacuum assembly will also have a hose operated vacuum unit in their possession. If there is an enormous amount of leaves and other large debris on the pool floor -to much to net out and such a large amount that would clog your vacuum hose -the hose operated vacuum unit works great. The only drawback is that the silt bag can only hold so many leaves and other debris until the unit must be taken out of the pool, emptied, reattached, and sent back into the pool. BACKWASH HOSE: Some pools do not have a plumbed in waste -line. Either local code or restrictions in your area did not allow for the waste -line. If your pool does not have a waste -line, simply purchase BACKWASH HOSE from your local pool professionals. Backwash hose will allow you to manually create a waste -line any time you need one. AUTOMATIC WATER LEVELER: Not at all considered maintenance equipment, but it is a very valuable accessory for your pool. Due to evaporation and splash -out, you will lose water, which will have to be replaced. The Water Leveler will sit on your pool deck and hang over the pool. Your garden hose will thread into the hose adapter on the part of the Water Leveler that sits on your pool deck. A float is installed on the part of the Water Leveler that hangs over the wall and into the pool. You will have to adjust the float to turn "off' the Water Leveler when the fill water reaches the desired water level (half way up the skimmer). The float on the Water Leveler is very easy to adjust. This accessory is very worthwhile. At times, situations will arise that will require attention from your local pool professionals. You may be able to help set up the service call by performing some generic troubleshooting of the potential problem at hand. PMI will NOT teach you how to rectify these problems. These problems are too technical and REQUIRE the attention of your local pool professionals. But, we will provide you with troubleshooting tips to help set up the service call and to help protect your investment. For more specific troubleshooting tips, select from the following: • PUMP SUDDENLY STOPS WORKING • PUMP WILL NOT START -EITHER NO NOISE OF HUMS • PUMP IS LOUD • BREAKER TRIPS • SHORT FILTER RUNS BETWEEN CLEANINGS • SAND IN ON THE FLOOR OF THE POOL • DE POWDER IS ON THE FLOOR OF THE POOL • HEATER WILL NOT HEAT • LEAK DETECTION AT THE EQUIPMENTS • LEAK DETECTION FOR THE POOL STRUCTURE • THE PRESSURE GUAGE PUMP SUDDENLY STOPS WORKING: Check these areas first: • Has the beaker tripped? If so, reset the breaker. Also, check to make sure that the fuse has not become defective. • Was the power to the equipment accidentally shut "off'? If so, turn the power back "on." • Is the water level low? If so, fill the pool to the standard operating water level (half way up the skimmers). • Have any of the valves accidentally been closed? If so, open the valves. • Are the baskets clean? If not, clean out the pump and skimmer baskets. • Is the lid properly sealed on the pump housing? If not, seal the lid properly. You may need to lubricate the lid O-ring. • Has the time on the time clock elapsed? If so, reset the time clock. Really, beyond any of these checkpoints, call your local pool professionals for a service call. PUMP WILL NOT START -EITHER NO NOISE OR ONLY HUMS: Check this area first: 0 Is the breaker tripped? If so, reset the breaker. Beyond this, call your local pool professionals for a service call on the pump. If the pump is humming only, but will not run, the thermal switch within the pump is telling the pump that something is wrong. This thermal switch then shuts down the pump to prevent overload and complete disaster -it is a safety mechanism. There is nothing you can do -call your local pool professionals for a service call. PUMP IS LOUD: Check these areas first: • Is the noise coming from the pump housing (the front of the pump) or is it coming from the motor (the back of the pump)? A loud noise is usually the result of the bearings going out in the motor. But, the loud noise could also be the impellar somehow getting loose, moving out of place, and grinding against the pump housing. Either way, you will need to call your local pool professionals for a service call. But, with this troubleshooting technique, you can really help your local pool professionals diagnose the problem, which will perhaps reduce the "time" (length) of the service call, thus saving you money. • Is the pump sucking air? If so: o Make sure the level of the pool water is at the standard operating water level (half way up the skimmer). o Make sure that the pump and skimmer baskets are clean. o Make sure all of the valves are fully open. o Make sure that the lid O-ring is in place and that the lid is properly sealed Beyond this, call your local pool professionals for a service call. As you know, if it is the impellar (within the pump housing) or the motor, you will need to set up a service call. Likewise, if its air that is causing the loud noise, and the water level is okay, the baskets are clean, the valves are fully open, and the O-ring and lid are properly sealed on the pump housing, then cavitation may be occurring -where the pump is struggling to circulate more water than is available to it. There can be a number of causes for cavitation. Whatever the cause, you will need to call your local pool professionals for a service call. THE BREAKER TRIPS: Call your local pool professionals and explain the situation -a phone call is free; a service call is not. Your local pool professionals may advise you to call an electrician first to make sure it is not a wiring or any other electrical problem. If this is the case, ONLY A LICENSED ELECTRICAIN CAN RECTIFY THE PROBLEM. If the electrical is fine, the problem is probably a faulty motor. Just call your local pool professionals first in order to determine the best (and most economical) game plan. SHORT FILTER RUNS BETWEEN CLEANINGS: Check these areas first: • Is water chemistry adequate? If not, restore water chemistry. If pH, Alkalinity, or Hardness levels are high, scale may develop in the plumbing, restricting flow, causing filter runs to be shorter. Low chlorine (or its alternative) levels make conditions more favorable for algae growth. Algae can clog the filter media: o Sand filter = sand. o DE filter = DE powder. o Cartridge filter = pleats of the pleated filter elements. ❑ Are your cleaning cycles sufficient? Only clean your filter when your pressure guage shows a pressure increase of 8-10 psi above your standard operating pressure. Sand filter and DE filter = backwash. Cartridge filter = clean the pleated filter elements with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle ❑ Is the filter media sufficient? If not, replace the filter media. • Sand filter: Has the correct sand been used? 'Playground" sand will not work. You need to purchase the proper silica sand from your local pool professionals. Is the sand too old? If so, contract your local pool professionals to perform a sand change. • DE filter: Is the proper amount of DE powder being used? Too much DE powder will not sit properly on the DE grids, which will reduce the effectiveness of the DE powder, causing a shorter filter run between cleanings. • Cartridge filter: Are you sufficiently cleaning the pleated filter elements? Do so. The majority, as well as the most stubborn, dirt and debris will find its way deeply imbedded within the pleats. Make sure to thoroughly hose off the pleats. Are the pleats torn or frayed, or is the base of the filter element cracked? If so, replace the pleated filter elements. Beyond this, call your local pool professionals for a service call. SAND IS ON THE FLOOR OF THE POOL: (For those of you with a sand filter only). A lateral, which is positioned at the bottom of your sand filter, has either cracked or is broken, allowing sand to pass through the filter, enter the return (plumbing) lines, and enter the pool, via the return jets. Either way, all the sand has to be removed. Then, each lateral must be removed and inspected in order to determine which lateral(s) are cracked or broken. Once found and replaced, the sand has to be put back into the filter. If it has been a few years since your last sand change, use new sand -sand is fairly inexpensive, and it will save you the headache of having to do this again in the near future; new sand is typically sufficient for 4-5 years. When replacing the }' sand, be careful. The weight of the sand could crack or break your new (fragile) laterals, causing the same tedious and time-consuming procedure to have to be repeated. If you do the job by yourself, fill the sand filter full of water until the laterals are submerged underwater. Then, very slowly, pour the sand into the filter; the water will disperse the sand evenly. You are much better off contracting your local pool professionals who have experience handling the fragile laterals. Other reasons for sand in the pool may includes: • Pump may be oversized. • There may be too much sand in the filter. DE POWDER IS ON THE FLOOR OF THE POOL: (For those of you with a DE filter only). If the DE grids are torn or frayed, some DE powder may pass through the filter, enter the return (plumbing) lines, and enter into the pool, via the return jets. It may also be the manifold within the DE tank or damaged 0-rings causing the DE powder to enter the pool. Regardless, call your local pool professionals for a service call. HEATER WILL NOT HEAT: Check these areas first: • Is the supply (natural gas, propane, or electricity) on? If not, turn it on. • Is the pilot light lit? If not, light the pilot light. This is only for those heaters that require a manual ignition of the pilot light. • Are the baskets clean? If not, clean the skimmer and pump baskets. Full baskets will restrict water circulation. The pressure switch in the heater requires sufficient circulation for the heater to heat. • Is the filter dirty? If so, clean the filter. A dirty filter will also restrict water circulation. Again, the pressure switch in the heater requires sufficient circulation for the heater to heat. • Is the water level sufficient? If not, fill the pool to the standard operating water level (half way up the skimmer). • Are the valves open? If not, open all the valves. A heater is often best serviced by simply continually using the heater. If the heater is not used, rust will appear, spider webs and nests may be found, and mechanical parts may wear. Use your heater -that is why you paid for the expensive, yet worthwhile investment. Beyond any of the above checkpoints, call your local pool professionals for a service call on the heater. With a heater, if water chemistry is out of balance, the heat exchanger could be corroded to the point of premature failure -an expensive replacement. Monitor your water chemistry. LEAK DETECTION AT THE EQUIPMENT: Attempt to locate the source of the leak -pump, filter, heater, automatic chemical feeder, connector fitting, any threaded fitting (plug/cap, - pressure guage, air relief valve) or the plumbing. You may just need to tighten a fitting. Anything beyond something that you can hand -tighten, call your local pool professionals for a service call. LEAK DETECTION FOR THE STRUCTURE OF THE POOL: Regardless of your pool type -concrete, gunite, shotcrete, vinyl -liner, fiberglass, or an aboveground -call your local pool professionals for a game plan of how to detect the source of the leak. They will have the best information, given the type of pool that they service on a regular basis. THE PRESSURE GAUGE: The pressure guage will tell you a lot about the current status of your equipment: • If the pressure on your Pressure Guage is DECREASING, you have an obstruction, which is typically full skimmer and/or pump baskets. To rectify, clean all the baskets. If there is an obstruction in the plumbing, call your local pool professionals for a service call. • If the pressure on your Pressure Guage is INCREASING, you have a dirty filter. To rectify, once the pressure rises 8-10 psi above your standard operating pressure, clean your filter. o Sand filter or DE filter = backwash. o Cartridge filter = clean the pleated filter elements with a garden hose and pressurized nozzle. PMI recommends that you contract your local pool professionals and pay them to open your pool, especially the equipment start-up. You can save money by removing your own winter cover and by installing your own hand rails and ladders (and perhaps the diving board and the in - pool light. Actually, the diving board and in -pool light should remain permanently installed; there is more wear -and -tear on the hardware with constant removal and installation). But, for putting the equipment back together and starting the equipment, it really is best to pay your local pool professionals to make sure that the pool is PROPERLY opened, started, and operational. If you do decide to open the pool yourself, follow these recommendations: • TAKING OFF A MESH SAFETY COVER • TAKING OFF A WATERBAG COVER • TAKING OFF A "FOXX" COVER • FILLING THE POOL WITH A GARDEN HOSE • WHAT TO DO WHILE THE POOL IS FILLING • STARTING (PRIMING) THE EQUIPMENT • ELIMINATING AIR FROM THE FILTER • INITIAL WATER CIRCULATION • INITIAL CHEMICAL ADDITIONS • INITIAL ROUTINE MAINTENANCE • LIABILITY WITH OPENING YOUR OWN POOL • OPENING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL TAKING OFF A SAFETY COVER: Here are the steps to removing a safety cover: • With your Safety Cover removal tool, detach the springs from the anchors for 6 of the pool. o If you have a rectangle pool, detach 3 of the 4 sides -perhaps the two long sides and one short side. o If you have any other shape of pool, leave O of the springs attached to the anchors. • Walk the cover to the side that is still anchored. • Detach the springs from the remaining side. • Take the mesh cover to a flat surface (like your driveway or an area in your backyard). • Lay the cover out flat, and hose it off. • Use your pool brush to loosen any apparent stains or discoloration. • Rinse the cover off. • Turn the cover over, and repeat the spray -brush -rinse procedure for this side of the cover as well. • Fold the cover so it is manageable and easy to store. • With your allen-wrench, or better yet, with a cordless drill, screw down all your anchors into the pool deck. TAKING OFF A WATERBAG COVER: Here are the steps to removing a waterbag cover: • Rain water and melted snow must be removed from this solid cover. Using a submersible pump will allow you to pump the water off the cover. You will also need to use your telepole and brush to remove the leaves and other large debris. Using the telepole and brush, pull all the leaves towards you. Then, scoop them up and place them in a trash bag. Be prepared to get dirty. Also, be careful not to step on the cover -secure yourself on the pool deck. Make sure the great majority of leaves and debris are removed. Waterbag covers are heavy and difficult to remove. If you drop the cover in the pool, you do not want the leaves and debris to fall in as well. • Remove the waterbags (or sandbags, or whatever you used for weight), from ® of the pool. o If you have a rectangle pool, remove the waterbags from 3 of the 4 sides: perhaps the 2 long sides and 1 of the short sides. o If you have any other shape of pool, remove the waterbags from Q of the pool. • Walk the cover to the side with the waterbags still intact. • Remove the waterbags from the remaining side. • Take the waterbag cover to a flat surface (like your driveway or an area in your backyard). • Lay the cover out flat, and hose it off. • Use your pool brush to loosen any apparent stains or discoloration. • Rinse the cover off. • Turn the cover over, and repeat the spray -brush -rinse procedure for this side of the cover as well. • Fold the cover so it is manageable and easy to store. • Remove the water from the waterbags. • Clean all the waterbags. • Store the waterbags near the cover. TAKING OFF A "FOXX" COVER: "Foxx" pools is a national manufacturer of inground pools. They put a special track on top of the pool walls. This track holds the "Foxx" winter cover in place. The "Foxx" cover has a lip, which tucks into this special track. Here are the steps to removing a "Foxx" cover: • Rain water and melted snow must be removed from this solid cover. Using a submersible pump will allow you to pump the water off the cover. You will also need to use your telepole and brush to remove the leaves and other large debris. Using the telepole and brush, pull all the leaves towards you. Then, scoop them up and place them in a trash bag. Be prepared to get dirty. Also, be careful not to step on the cover -secure yourself on the m pool deck. Make sure the great majority of leaves and debris are removed. "Foxx" covers are extremely heavy and difficult to remove. If you drop the cover in the pool, you do not want the leaves and debris to fall in as well. • Remove the "Foxx" cover from 9 of the pool. Undo the lip of the cover from the track on the top of the pool walls. o If you have a rectangle pool, remove the "Foxx" cover from 3 of the 4 sides: perhaps the 2 long sides and 1 of the short sides. o If you have any other shape of pool, remove the cover from 9 of the pool. • Walk the cover to the side with the "Foxx" cover still intact in the track. • Undo the lip from the remaining side. • Take the "Foxx" cover to a flat surface (like your driveway or an area in your backyard). • Lay the cover out flat, and hose it off. • Use your pool brush to loosen any apparent stains or discolorations. • Rinse the cover off. • Turn the cover over, and repeat the spray -brush -rinse procedure for this side of the cover as well. • Fold the cover so it is manageable and easy to store. FILLING THE POOL WITH A GARDEN HOSE: Once you have removed your cover, you will need to take a running garden hose and fill your pool to the standard operating water level - half way up the skimmer. WHAT TO DO WHILE THE POOL IS FILLING: These are items you can take care of while the water level is filling: • Remove the winter plugs from the return jets. • Install the eyeballs for the return jets. Manually move the eyeball toward the TOP of the water level and to the RIGHT (your right, while you are standing over the pool, looking down over the return jet). Having your return jets face this direction will keep your pool water turning counter -clockwise, which will allow your skimmer to work to its maximum capacity. • Remove the gizzmo(s) (winter plug) from the skimmer(s). • Put the skimmer basket(s) in the skimmer(s). • Install your ladder(s). • Install your hand rail(s). • (If you removed your diving board, install the diving board). Due to the wear -and -tear on the hardware to remove and remount the diving board each year, manufacturers are now recommending to leave the diving board attached continuously. • (If you removed your light, install the light). Due to the wear -and -tear on the hardware to V remove and remount the light, manufacturers are now recommending to leave the light mounted continuously. • Install the drain plug(s) on your pump -some pumps have 2 drain plugs. • Install the drain plug/cap on your filter. • Install the pressure guage on the filter. • (If your filter is equipped with an air relief valve and/or a sight glass, install them on the filter). • (If you have a heater, reconnect the pressure switch in the heater). • Add your initial chemicals. For most regions, an initial dose of 2 LBS of shock (3 LBS for those pools over 35,000 gallons of water) and 1 quart of a super strength (polymer) Algaecide is plenty of chemical to hold you over until you can prime the equipment. Some regions also recommend a Metal Sequestering Agent, which really is a good idea for any region. • Since the water level is still too low for start-up, and the equipment is obviously turned "off," this is a good time to move your multiport handle from its current position to "Recirculate" (or "Whirlpool"). Remember, 'Recirculate" (or "Whirlpool") bypasses the filter. It will be easier to draw a prime by bypassing the filter. ELIMINATING AIR FROM THE FILTER: If your filter is equipped with an air relief valve, open it up to eliminate some of the air from the filter. Once opened, you will hear the air releasing. Once water squirts out of the air relief valve, any excess air is eliminated. Close the air relief valve. NOTE: If your filter is not equipped with an air relief valve, then do not worry about this procedure -it is helpful, but not mandatory. INITIAL WATER CIRCULATION: Your pool water has been dormant for many months. Regardless of your belief on "equipment run time," MAKE SURE the equipment is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week during this initial week or so. Again, poolmanual.com still sides with the continuous equipment run time at all times. But if you are an expert with your chemicals, as you all soon will be, and you side with the 8-10 hour equipment run time, during this initial week (or however long it takes you to transform your water from murky to clean, clear, blue, and sparkling), allow the equipment to run continuously. INITIAL CHEMICAL ADDITIONS: You have already added your shock and an algaecide (and perhaps a Metal Sequestering Agent). Once the equipment is operational, add your chlorine (or its alternative). Allow the chlorine (or its alternative) level to run just a bit higher than normal (approximately 1.0 ppm ABOVE the ideal ppm reading) during the initial week (or so). After 24- 48 hours of maintaining a slightly higher chlorine (or its alternative) level, take a water sample to your local pool professionals and have them test your chemicals -all of your chemicals -on the computer. Listen to their advice on initial and subsequent chemical additions. After the initial week or so, lower your chlorine (or its alternative) level back into the ideal range (2.0-3.0 ppm). Constantly monitor all of the necessary chemicals -as you should always do anyway. INITIAL ROUTINE MAINTENANCE: Once the shock and algaecide (and perhaps a Metal Sequestering Agent) have been added, once your equipment is operational, and once an initial dose of chlorine (or its alternative) have been added, brush the pool walls and floor -stir up any dirt, debris, or algae so that the chemicals can kill them and the filter can remove them. Monitor the chlorine (or its alternative) level, as well as all other chemicals daily. Once the chlorine (or its alternative) and the shock, as well as the water balancing chemicals (pH, Alkalinity, and Hardness) begin to allow you to see the floor of the pool, vacuum the pool. If you still cannot see the floor, even if it has not been a week, if you need to, add more shock (1 LB per 10,000 gallons of water). If the dirt and debris, and perhaps algae, on the floor are thick and heavy, then vacuum the pool to waste. With continual water circulation, the addition of chemicals, and routine maintenance, your pool water will turn clean, clear, blue, and sparkling in no time at all -this universal recipe is ALWAYS the best for achieving and maintaining water chemistry. LIABILITY WITH OPENING YOUR OWN POOL: Your pool was a multi -thousand dollar investment. A pool opening is also an investment, versus a service call. Since the water has been stagnant for months, it is more difficult to prime your pump during the opening. You are much better off paying your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED pool professionals to perform your pool opening. Ask yourself this: Am I really better off saving myself a couple hundred dollars and risk the chance to do thousands of dollars worth of damage? Let poolmanual.com answer this question for you. NO, you are not -contract your local pool professionals and pay them to open your pool. OPENING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL: Most aboveground pool owners will contract and pay their local pool professionals to open their pool. If you decide to open your own aboveground pool, keep these tips in mind: • Remove the cover. Since an aboveground winter cover is a solid tarp, you may need a submersible pump to remove any rain water or melted snow from the cover. You may also need to use your telepole and your brush to remove any leaves or other large debris that may have collected on the winter cover. Using your telepole and brush, pull all these leaves and other debris to you so that you can scoop them up and place them in a garbage bag. Be prepared to get dirty. Once all water, leaves, dirt, and other debris are removed r _l from the winter cover, remove the winter cover. • Reinstall your plumbing and your equipment. You will need to reconnect: o A hose from your skimmer to the suction side of your pump. o A hose from the discharge side of your pump to your filter. o A hose from your filter to the return jet. o If you have a heater and/or an automatic chemical feeder, these will be attached after the filter. • Make sure all of the drain plugs/caps are installed in the bottom of your pump and filter. If you have an automatic chemical feeder, make sure all the parts are re -installed. If you use a heater, make sure the pressure switch is re -attached and any parts are re -installed. Also, if you have either an automatic chemical feeder and a heater, or both, make sure the plumbing hoses attach every item together. • With your garden hose, fill the pool to the standard operating water level -half way up the skimmer. • While the water is filling, perform the following tasks: o Install the ladder (or the in -pool step that is now available with aboveground pools). o Add your initial chemicals: ■ One quart of a super -strength (Polymer) Algaecide ■ 2 LBS of a chlorine -based shock • Perhaps a Metal Sequestering Agent. Some regions require the addition of a Metal Sequestering Agent. Actually, it is a good idea to add a Metal Sequestering Agent in any region. o Clean your winter cover: ■ Take your winter cover and lay it flat on your driveway or in the back yard. ■ Spray off the winter cover. ■ Use your brush to loosen any apparent stains or discolorations. • Rinse off the winter cover. • Turn the cover over and repeat the spray -brush -rinse pattern for this side of the cover as well. o Fold and store your winter cover. • Once filled to the standard operating water level, the water will gravity drain out of the pool, into the skimmer, down the plumbing hose, and into the pump. If you have any type of winterizing plug in the bottom of the skimmer, remove the plug. Also, if you have any type of winterizing plug in the return jet, remove the plug. Reinstall the eyeball (opening) in the return jet. • Reinstall the skimmer basket in the skimmer. • Turn the power to the equipment "on." • Once operational, allow the equipment to run continuously-24 hours per day and 7 days per week -during the initial week or so. • Once operational, add chlorine (or its alternative) to the pool. Allow the chlorine (or its alternative) to run about 1 ppm higher than normal during the first 4-7 days. • After the first 1-2 days, take a water sample to your local pool professionals and have them test all of your chemicals. Then, listen to their advice on chemical additions. • Once the water clarity is restored, vacuum any dirt and debris from the pool floor. It will be helpful to brush the pool walls and floor the day before you intend to vacuum. Then, the next day, when the water has resettled, vacuum the pool. • Once the pool is operational and the water chemistry is in range, resulting in clean, clear, blue, and sparkling water, follow the advice of both poolmanual.com and your local pool -- professionals in order to maintain this clean, clear, blue, and sparkling water all season long. ,I PMI definitely recommends that you contract your local pool professionals and pay them to winterize your pool, especially to blow all of the water from all of the plumbing lines and to add the antifreeze. You can save money by removing your own hand rails and ladders and by installing your own winter cover; it is not necessary to remove the diving board or the in -pool light. But, for the plumbing lines, it really is best to pay your local pool professionals to make sure that the pool is properly winterized. If you do not get all of the water out of the plumbing lines and properly flush them with anti -freeze, the lines can (and probably will) crack, causing your pool to leak, resulting in a very expensive and very time-consuming service call. If you do decide to winterize the pool yourself, let it be known that you are taking a major risk. Your pool, which consists of necessary plumbing, was a multi -thousand dollar investment. Pay the money to have it professionally winterized. But, should you decide to winterize the pool yourself, follow these recommendations: • FINAL CHEMICAL ADDITIONS • FINAL ROUTINE MAINTENANCE • DRAINING THE POOL • WHAT TO DO WHILE THE POOL IS DRAINING • IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE POOL IS DRAINED • BLOWING WATER OUT OF THE PLUMBING LINES • INSTALLING A SAFETY COVER • INSTALLING A WATERBAG COVER • INSTALLING A "FOXX" COVER • LIABILITY WITH WINTERIZING YOUR OWN POOL • WINTERIZING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL FINAL CHEMICAL ADDITIONS: Before you HAVE YOUR POOL WINTERIZED, you must have your chlorine (or its alternative), pH, Alkalinity, and Hardness levels in range. If they are in range, your water will look a lot better when you open the pool next season. If, however, these chemicals are neglected, your water will be outright filthy next season. About 1 week before you winterize, go visit your local pool professionals and have them test your chemicals on the computer. Then, listen to their advice. Spend the minimal amount of time and money to balance your chemicals. It is very important that ANY pool surface (concrete, gunite, shotcrete, vinyl -liner, or fiberglass) have balanced pool water while sitting idle all winter. Also, if you use an automatic chemical feeder, make sure the chemical (typically chlorine or bromine) is gone before winterizing. The reason PMI previously said "have your pool winterized," is because we fully believe that due to the liability that YOU will incur winterizing your own pool, you are better off paying your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED local pool professionals to PROPERLY winterize your pool for you. FINAL ROUTINE MAINTENANCE: You will want to do a final vacuum before you HAVE YOUR POOL WINTERIZED. The night before the vacuum, brush the walls and floor. Allow the equipment to operate for at least 2 hours so that the recently brushed and currently suspended dirt and debris can be picked up by the main drain or skimmer(s) and go to the filter for permanent removal. Then, shut "off" the equipment overnight to allow any remaining dirt or debris to settle to the pool floor. The next morning, with the equipment still "off," clean out the pump and skimmer baskets. Then, turn the equipment back "on," net out any leaves or other large debris (it is common to winterize in autumn), and then vacuum the pool (to filter). Once vacuumed, clean the filter. The cleaning will vary based on the type of filter that you use: _ • BACKWASH A SAND FILTER: • BACKWASH A DE FILTER: • CLEANING A CARTRIDGE FILTER: Keep netting until you are ready to put the winter cover on. (a winterize is typically performed during autumn). The reason poolmanual.com previously said "have your pool winterized," is because we fully believe that due to the liability that YOU will incur winterizing your own pool, you are better off paying your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED local pool professionals to PROPERLY winterize your pool for you. DRAINING THE POOL: You will need to drain the pool 3" - 5" below your lowest plumbing line, which is typically the return jets. To do this: • Turn the equipment "off." • Move the skimmer valve(s) to the "closed" position so that ONLY the main drain valve is "open." • Move the multiport handle from "Filter" (or the current position) to Waste" (or "Drain"). • Turn the equipment back "on." • The water will drain through the waste -line. o If you do not have a main drain, you will need to drain the pool with a submersible pump or create a siphon with your garden hose. WHAT TO DO WHILE THE POOL IS DRAINING: These are items you can take care of while the water level is draining: • If you have a heater, make sure you turn off the power source (natural gas, propane, or electricity) to the heater. • Remove your ladder(s). Remove your hand rail(s). • Find your winter cover (and any accessories for the install) and remove it from storage. o If you use a mesh safety cover, begin pulling up the anchors with your allen- wrench, or better yet, a cordless drill. o If you use a waterbag cover, begin filling the waterbags (or hauling out the heavy sandbags). o If you use a "Foxx" cover, begin recruiting the army that it takes to install such a cover. Consider the consequences of actually trying to winterize your pool by yourself. The reason that poolmanual.com will repeat this is because we fully believe that due to the liability that YOU will incur winterizing your own pool, you are better off paying your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED local pool professionals to PROPERLY winterize your pool for you. IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE POOL IS DRAINED: Once the water level is approximately 3" - 5" below the lowest plumbing line (typically the return jets), take care of these items: • Trun "off' the equipment in order to stop draining the pool. • Remove the eyeballs from the return jets • Remove the skimmer basket(s) from the skimmer(s). • Add your winterizing chemicals: 0 2 LBS of a strong chlorine -based shock treatment-Dichlor (granular chlorine) works best for a winterize. Since it is stabilized chlorine, the Dichlor will be more effective at preventing algae growth over the winter. You must dilute the Dichlor, 1 LB at a time. If you use warm water, the granules will dilute much faster. Use 3 LBS if your pool is over 35,000 gallons. 0 1 quart of a super strength (Polymer) Algaecide. Many pool professionals sell a specially formulated Winterizing Algaecide. 0 1 quart of a Metal Sequestering Agent is optional, but beneficial. It will help prevent any staining or the formation of scale. BLOWING WATER OUT OF THE PLUMBING LINES: Read this: The information, material, and content contained within the entire PMI website or its printed manuals are provided "AS IS," without warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including, without limitation, the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such information as it relates to your specific swimming pool and its accompanying water. Neither poolmanual.com nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be responsible for any claims attributable to errors, omissions, or any other inaccuracies in the information contained within the entire poolmanual.com website or it printed manuals. Also, neither PMI nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be liable for direct, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages arising out of the use of such information contained within the entire PMI manual or its printed materials. The reason that PMI prints this text HERE is because winterizing a pool is a difficult task and is clearly best left to be handled by your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED pool professionals. Your pool was a multi -thousand dollar investment. If you winterize your own pool and the lines freeze, you will be faced with a multi -thousand dollar repair and headache, rendering your pool inoperative for weeks, months, or maybe even the season. Is the risk worth saving a couple hundred dollars? Let poolmanual.com answer the question for you -NO. Contract your local pool professionals and pay them to PROPERLY winterize your pool. But, if you are the bravest of the brave, you will need some professional advice. But remember, this advice comes with no warrantyk.to be honest, we cannot believe you are still reading -call your local pool professionals and have them winterize your pool. Still reading? You are a braver soul than most. Here is some helpful information, which again, is provided "AS IS," with NO warranty of any kind. Al least read the steps completely before you start so that you really know what you are getting into. Good luck: • Step #1: call your local pool professionals. If you still insist on actually doing this alone, proceed to the next step. • You will need at least a 4HP (Horse Power) Wet/Dry Vacuum (also known as a shop - vac) with both a VACUUM side and a BLOWER side. If you do not own one, do not purchase one. Rather, contact your local pool professionals and pay them to winterize your pool. • If you do have the required 4HP blower, proceed -if we have not talked you out winterizing your pool yourself yet, we will never talk you out of it. • Remove the drain plug(s) from the pump. Some pumps have more than one drain plug. This, of course, will allow water to drain from the pump. • Remove the lid from the pump housing -the front part of the pump. • Once the pump is empty, thread the drain plug(s) back in the pump temporarily. • The main drain valve was probably already open -since you used it to drain your pool. Leave it open. Also, make sure your skimmer valve(s) are now open as well. Basically, you want all your valves OPEN. • Walk over to the skimmer. With your 4HP Shop -vac (USING THE VACUUM SIDE), suck as much water as possible out of the skimmer. Place the hose in the opening at the bottom of the skimmer -this opening leads to the plumbing. Do this for every skimmer. • You must now go over to the equipment and blow out each suction line (main drain and skimmers) -one at a time. Make sure you are using the BLOWER side of the shop -vac (versus the vacuum side). Since you are blowing out the sanction lines, it does not matter what position the multiport handle is located. • Start with a skimmer -any skimmer. Close the main drain valve and any other skimmer valve. The only valve that you want open is for the skimmer that you will be blowing free of water. Turn on the blower and blow through the purnp housing -where the sanction lines come into the pump. You want to make sure the hose of the blower is inside the pump housing and pressed against the opening that leads to the suction lines. Blow the skimmer line until nothing more than a faint mist is blowing out from that skimmer. If there is more than one skimmer, repeat the process for each skimmer. Remember to close the valve for the skimmer you just completed and open the valve for the skimmer you are about to do next. • Once the skimmer(s) are free of water, blow out the main drain. Remember to close the skimmer valve(s) so that only the main drain valve is open. Turn on the blower and blow out the main drain line. Again, put the hose of the blower inside the pump housing and blow out the main drain. It is very difficult to know when enough is enough since you are blowing out a line on the floor of your pool. Basically, blow the main drain line until tiny bubbles turn into a steady stream of bubbles. Once this steady stream of bubbles is apparent, blow the main drain for an additional 30 seconds. This is the best information we can provide. Your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED pool professionals can blow out the main drain line completely by feel -that is why they are professionals. You also must close the main drain valve while the blower is still blowing out the line. This will help prevent water from back flushing into the main drain line while you are closing the valve. • You are now ready to blow out the return lines. • Remove the drain plug/cap from the filter to allow the water to drain from the filter. • Thread a winter plug in every return jet EXCEPT FOR ONE. • Turn the multiport to "RECIRCULATE." • Turn on the blower and blow through the discharge side of the pump -where the pump forces water back to the pool. Blow the return line until nothing more than a faint mist is blowing out from that return jet. Once you have nothing more than the mist coming out of the return jet, thread a winter plug into that return, and unthread the winter plug from another return jet. Repeat the process for each return line until the water is blown out of each line. • You are now ready to add anti -freeze to your return lines. One at a time, again unthread the winter plug from a return jet. Place a funnel in the opening and add approximately 0 gallon of anti -freeze per each return line. Once added, immediately plug the return line - hand tighten the plug to prevent water from somehow entering the return line. Do this for every return jet- 0 gallon for each line -one at a time. Make sure either an O-ring or Teflon tape is on the threads of the winter plug. • You are now ready to add anti -freeze to the skimmer(s). Add approximately 6 of the anti- freeze to the skimmer opening. Then thread a gizzmo (which you can purchase from any pool professional -make sure you know the diameter of your skimmer opening; usually eitherl 6" or 2") into the skimmer. Pour the remaining v of the anti -freeze into the skimmer for additional protection. If there is more than one skimmer, repeat the process of adding anti -freeze for each skimmer. Make sure either an O-ring or Teflon tape is on the threads of the gizzmo. • You now have to winterize the equipment itself. To do so, move your multiport handle to the "CLOSED" (or "Winterize") position. • If you have a heater, remove any plugs from the heater. Also, disconnect the pressure switch. Also, turn the gas valve to the "off' position -if your heater is natural gas or propane. Finally, isolate the heater and blow water through it to make sure that it is free of any standing water. • If you have an automatic chemical feeder, remove any plugs from the automatic chemical A` feeder. Make sure any chemical (usually chlorine or bromine) is fully removed. Finally, isolate the automatic chemical feeder and blow water through it to make sure that it is free of any standing water. • Remove the plug(s) from the pump. You should already have the plug/cap removed from the filter, as the standing water needs to gravity drain from the filter. Go ahead and also remove the pressure guage (as well as the sight glass and the air relief valve, if applicable). • A GOOD PLACE TO STORE ALL THESE MISCELLANEOUS PARTS IS THE .PUMP BASKET WITHIN THE PUMP HOUSING -keep the lid on all winter long to protect these parts. • What a list of duties. Seriously contemplate paying your local pool professionals to perform any winterize. If you did this yourself, congratulations -the lines and equipment are all winterized. But, only time will tell if they are PROPERLY winterized. The information, material, and content contained within the entire poolmanual.com website or its printed manuals are provided "AS IS," without warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including, without limitation, the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such information as it relates to your specific swimming pool and its accompanying water. Neither poolmanual.com nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be responsible for any claims attributable to errors, omissions, or any other inaccuracies in the information contained within the entire poolmanual.com website or it printed manuals. Also, neither poolmanual.com nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be liable for direct, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages arising out of the use of such information contained within the entire manual or its printed materials. INSTALLING A SAFETY COVER: Here are the steps to installing a safety cover: • With your allen-wrench, or better yet, a cordless drill, pull up the heads of all of the anchors. • Unfold the cover so that you can see how it will fit over the pool. • Using your safety cover tool, install the springs to the anchors on one side of the pool: o If you have a rectangle pool, attach the springs to the anchors on a short side. o If you have any other shape of pool, attach the springs to the anchors on any strategic side in order to start. • Walk the cover to the opposite side and, using your tool, attach the springs to these anchors. • Using your tool, attach the springs to the remaining anchors. • Yes, installing a safety cover is literally this easy. O INSTALLING A WATERBAG COVER: Here are the steps to installing a waterbag cover: • Fill all of your waterbags 0 full of water. Leave them approximately 0 empty in order to account for the expansion of freezing water. • Unfold the cover so that you can see how it will fit over the pool. • Install the waterbags over the cover on one side of the pool: o If you have a rectangle pool, install the waterbags over the cover on a short side. o If you have any other shape of pool, install the waterbags over the cover on any strategic side in order to start. • Walk the cover to the opposite side and install the waterbags over the cover on this opposite side. • Install the waterbags over the cover on the remaining sides of the pool. • No, installing a waterbag cover is NOT this easy. It is a heavy cover and literally a headache to deal with. Since a goal of poolmanual.com is to reduce your headaches, here is a suggestion: order a mesh safety cover for the next season. • You should immediately run your garden hose to add about 0" - 1" of water on the cover to keep the wind from blowing the cover off. Rain and melted snow will take care of this later as well. INSTALLING A "FOXX" COVER: Here are the steps to installing a "Foxx" cover: • Unfold the cover so that you can see how it will fit over the pool • Install the lip of the "Foxx" cover into the special track that accompanies ONLY "Foxx" pools on one side of the pool: o If you have a rectangle pool, install the cover on a short side. o If you have any other shape of pool, install the cover on any strategic side in order to start. • Walk the cover to the opposite side and install the lip of the cover into the track on this opposite side. • Install the lip of the cover into the track on the remaining sides of the pool. • No, installing a "Foxx" cover is NOT this easy. It is the heaviest winter cover on the market and literally a headache to deal with. Since a goal of poolmanual.com is to reduce your headaches, here is a suggestion: order a mesh safety cover for the next season. • You should immediately run your garden hose to add about 0" - 1" of water on the cover to keep the wind from blowing the cover from out of the track. Rain and melted snow will take care of this later as well. LIABILITY WITH WINTERIZING YOUR OWN POOL: PMI cannot even begin to tell you the liability that YOU are assuming if you winterize your own pool. Your pool itself was a multi - thousand dollar investment. A professional pool winterize is also an investment, versus a service call. Since water has a DEFINITE potential to freeze, you must make 100% sure that the water is out of the plumbing lines and the equipment. You must also make sure that the plumbing lines are properly flushed with anti freeze. You are much better off paying your TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED pool professionals to perform your pool winterize. Ask yourself this: Am I really better off saving myself a couple hundred dollars and risk the chance to do thousands of dollars worth of damage? Let PMI answer this question for you. NO, you are not -contract your local pool professionals and pay them to winterize your pool. • The information, material, and content contained within the entire poolmanual.com website or its printed manuals are provided "AS IS," without warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including, without limitation, the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such information as it relates to your specific swimming pool and its accompanying water. Neither poolmanual.com nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be responsible for any claims attributable to errors, omissions, or any other inaccuracies in the information contained within the entire PMI manual or it printed manuals. Also, neither poolmanual.com nor, without limitation, its authors, consultants and associates, as well as any other related persons or entities, shall be liable for direct, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages arising out of the use of such information contained within the entire poolmanual.com website or it printed materials. Are you tired of reading this warranty. Well then, NEVER winterize your own pool. Rather, contract your local pool professionals and pay them to PROPERLY winterize your pool for you. WINTERIZING AN ABOVEGROUND POOL: Most aboveground pool owners will contract and pay their local pool professionals to winterize their pool. If you decide to winterize your own aboveground pool, keep these tips in mind: Within a week of closing your pool, go visit your local pool professionals and have them test your chemicals on the computer. You want to make sure that your chemical readings are ALL in range prior to closing your pool. If your chemicals are in range, it will be so much easier to re=attain water chemistry the next spring when the pool is again opened and operational. If your chemicals are not in range, your water very well may be a mess the next spring when the pool is opened. Perform a final vacuum of the pool. Once finished with the vacuum, clean the filter. • Drain the water approximately 3" below your lowest plumbing line, which is typically the return jet. • While the water is draining, remove your ladder (or the in -pool step that is now available with aboveground pools) and your skimmer basket. • Once the water is below the lowest plumbing line, remove the drain plug(s) from the pump and the drain plug/cap from the filter. If you have an automatic chemical feeder, remove any plugs to drain the water. If you have a heater, disconnect the pressure switch and remove any plugs. Make sure that all of the water is removed to prevent freezing (and damage) of the equipment over the winter. • Disconnect the hoses: o Skimmer to the suction side of the pump. o Discharge side of the pump to the filter. o Filter to the return jet. o If you are capable of moving the pump and filter into a garage or storage shed, it really is a good idea. The pump is light and easy to carry. The filter is heavy. Either use a "dolly" and wheel the filter into storage or recruit a couple of friends to help you carry the filter into storage. Again, this is not necessary, but it does really reduce the chance of freeze damage to any of your equipment. • Add your winterizing chemicals: 0 2 LBS of chlorine -based shock. Dichlor (chlorine granules) would be the best choice. Since it is stabilized chlorine, it will do the best job at preventing algae growth while the pool is winterized. Be sure to fully dilute the granular chlorine in water before adding it to the pool. 0 1 quart of a super strength Algaecide. Actually, many pool professionals sell a specially formulated Winterizing Algaeicde. o Many regions recommend adding a Metal Sequestering Agent. This is actually a good idea for any region. A Metal Sequestering Agent will help prevent staining on your pool walls and floor while the pool is winterized. • Install your winter cover. PM1 presents. ➢ Latest Technology, Professional Equipment ➢ Publicity and Promotion ➢ Sponsorship Development and Sales ➢ Film Acquisition ➢ Logistics Planning ➢ Program Planning ➢ Additional Services: Concessions, etc. Pool Management, Inc.1285o Highway 9 Suite 600-3oi Alpharetta, Ga. 30004 678-644-1224/ Fax 678-352-o698 MI Dom meneYement Swim Programs Pool Management, Inc. provides a variety of free aquatics programs for all ages and levels, ranging from swim lessons to recreational swimming to training for swim team competition. For information on registration, and which programs still have space open, visit our website. Learn to Swim Programs Afterschool Learn to Swim Fall/Winter/Spring sessions, Ages 6-17 These are swimming lessons for children, offered at our pools are held on weekdays from 4:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Check our Swim Program Registration page for information on session dates and registration. Saturday Learn to Swim Fall/Winter/Spring sessions, All Ages The Saturday Learn to Swim program offers classes for toddlers (11/2-5), children (6-17), and adults (18+) of all ages at our indoor pools, poot; '(z p Blushing Meadows -Corona Park Aquatics Center). Check our Swim Program Reg'. atToK page for information on session dates and registration. Vacation Camp Learn to Swim (School breaks, All Ages) While school is out, Parks offers free Learn to Swim cusses for children as part of a weeklong vacation camp. Visit the Vacation Camp page to find a site near you. Summer Learn to Swim July -August, Ages 11/a-17 Summer Learn to Swim is an instructional program that runs at Alpharetta' public outdoor pools. The program teaches tots (ages 11/2-5) and children (ages 6-17) basic water safety and swimming skills. Check our Swim Program Registration page for information on session dates and registration. Youth Swim Team Fall, Winter/Spring, and Summer sessions, Ages 6-18 The free Swim Team program trains swimmers and organizes teams for the annual 5 Borough Championship swimming competition. Youth between the ages of 6-18 who can swim 50 meters in reasonably good form will be able to participate. Participants will develop swimming skills and learn competitive swimming strokes, learn how to start and turn, and learn how to swim as part of a team. Teams are formed for fall, winter/spring and summer. Call PMI at (678) 644-1224 for information on registering. Adult Swim Programs Indoor Pools Year-round Our indoor pools offer a variety of programs for adults - from open swim to lap swim to water aerobics. Check each center's schedule for information about specific programs. Membership is required for participation in all indoor pool programs. Outdoor Pools Adapted Aquatics July -August, Special Needs - Various Ages This program offers swim instruction for mentally and physically challenged persons. The program is open to those with physical and developmental disabilities. Lap Swimming )uly-August, Ages 18+ The annual outdoor adult lap swim program gives dd e c `ance tde T To e.v . t h' or health and fitness without interruption from othbr"i4iifli6ri altiftafti Wh&iWi li 25 fhiles or more over the summer will receive a free t-shirt, and prizes will be awarded to the top three male and female distance swimmers at each pooll prggraln. An awards party will be held at the end of August to celebrate distance champions ;pd,$ id health and fitness accomplishments of citywide lap swimmers. Senior Splash 7uly-August, Ages 55+ The Senior Splash program offers water exercise classes and swim instruction for senior citizens. It helps alleviate pain, improve circulation, and promote healing and muscle development for those suffering from physical ailments resulting from injury, disease, or aging. The program is open to everyone over the age of 55. John Caswell SUMMARY: Highly knowledgeable skillful and caring Aquatics Director with more than six years experience conducting instructional aquatic program aimed at increasing safety and swimming skills as prescribed by the American Red Cross. • Thorough knowledge of policies, rules and regulations governing the use of pool facilities. • Excellent knowledge of and ability to perform strenuous water rescues, including C.P.R. and first aid techniques and practices. • In-depth knowledge of methods and techniques of instructing swimming lessons. • Profound knowledge of occupational hazards and standard safety practices. • Solid knowledge of pertinent Federal, State and local laws, codes and regulations. • Exceptional ability to recognize emergency and dangerous situations and react quickly and calmly. • Strong ability to enforce established policies, rules and regulations. • In-depth ability to understand and follow oral and written instructions. • Remarkable ability to respond to requests and inquiries from the general public and employees. • Proven ability to communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing. • Immense ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work. • Deep knowledge of and the ability to perform American Red Cross swimming strokes and • Strong ability to teach swimming strokes and skills to participants of all ages. • Solid ability to perform the duties of the job for the scheduled workday. • Exceptional ability to perform a variety of tasks simultaneously or in rapid succession. • Sound ability to concentrate and accomplish tasks despite interruptions. • Immense ability to work with minimal daily supervision. • Enviable ability to stay in the water for five hours per day. Pool Management, Inc. Swimming Club, Alpharetta 2002 - Present Aquatics Director • Conduct an effective swimming program as prescribed by the American Red Cross and the Starlets Swimming Club, including swimming, planning, implementing and evaluating with the ability to demonstrate proper swimming techniques. • Prepare and maintain required record and reports. • Schedule "make-up" classes when necessary in the event of inclement weather. • Assume assigned duties connected with the maintenance of the pool. • Observe and enforce all rules and regulations of the facility pertaining to both staff and patrons. • Identify and assist patrons having difficulty. • Properly use, maintain and store all equipment and supplies associated with swimming instruction. • Responsible for handling questions and concerns from patrons. Starlets Swimming Club, Cumming GA. 2000 - 2002 Swimming Instructor • Provided water safety instruction and taught swim lessons at the pool. • Ensured adherence to safe work practices and procedures and established policies, rules and regulations. • Responded to public inquiries in a courteous manner; provided information within the area of assignment; resolved complaints in an efficient and timely manner. • Functioned as a crew member within an emergency plan for the handling of accidents in pool areas. • Maintained accurate records of all essential functions related to the job. A • Assisted other pool staff in the conducting of duties including swimming lessons as required. • Followed all safety rules and procedures established for work area. • Conducted special program and swimming activities. • Observed patrons and enforced the safety rules and regulations of the pool; administered first aid and C.P.R. as needed; performed water rescue functions. • Participated in monitoring water chemicals and maintaining the pool and surrounding deck areas including guard house, diving boards and gutters. • Performed related duties and responsibilities as required. Possess Valid American Red Cross Adult CPR Certificate Possess Valid American Red Cross First Aid Basics Certificate Possess Valid American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor (WSI) Certificate 1. NMI pool management inc. What is parks & recreation software? Active Network, Communities' parks and recreation software helps agencies streamline recreation management through its industry -leading software technology. Administrators can manage all aspects of recreation management, including activity registration, facility scheduling, memberships, league management, child care, point -of -sale and much more. Active's software is easy to use, enabling organizations to simplify parks and recreation operations, reduce costs, and increase customer service levels. Who uses parks & recreation software? Thousands of parks and recreation agencies streamline administrative tasks and save hours of tedious paperwork with Active's park management software, We take the headache out of all areas of recreation management, from registering customers for classes and activities, to booking rooms and processing payments. No other parks and recreation software provides so much functionality and so many valuable benefits. Active takes park management software to the next level. Improve efficiency, reduce repetitive tasks and enhance the customer experience all with one suite. Your community is becoming more technologically advanced, so why isn't your park or community center? Join the digital age with. Active Network. How can parks & recreation software help you? Offer online activity registration to save both your organization and customers time and energy Reserve rooms, courts, rinks and more with our intuitive online scheduling system that eliminates double -bookings and reservation miscommunications Create and manage memberships with just a few clicks Exercise improved flexibility and control with Active's automated league management software Give customers 24/7 access to your recreation center by allowing them to manage their accounts online Complete every point -of -sale transaction through the same system and create insightful reports that make accounting easier Rely on secure, around -the -clock payment processing Discover new marketing opportunities with Active's email tool Laurel Springs Suwannee Ga. Troy Price 404-307-3666 +200K Gal/ 4 bodies water multiple LG FMS (multiple facilities) various sites Metro Atlanta Dave Sheldon 404 903 5130 Various from 100K-200+K Multiple LG/ bodies of water Millenium Place Stone Mt. Morris Banks 404 9381933 150K+ Gallons/ Spray pad Multiple LG's Association Mgt. Group Melanie Bolduc 678 682 8264 Various Metro Atlanta Resurface multiple pools weekly facility maintenance M1 pool management inc. ➢ Team Members ➢ Clear communication of desired results to all team members upon hire ➢ Scheduled weekly calls to discuss performance goals and or concerns ➢ Positive reinforcement for "job well done" ➢ Follow up discussions scheduled to measure and communicate results ➢ Customers ➢ Scheduled calls on weekly/bi-weekly basis to discuss facility condition ➢ Communicate any issues good or bad offer solutions D offer long term plans for facility ➢ Scheduled follow up calls ➢ Timely response to customers requests ➢ Resources ➢ Clearly define scope of work and expectation ➢ Communicate "Check in/ Check out" ➢ Follow up communication on performance ➢ Scheduled weekly/biweekly calls with peers to discuss trends, issues and ideas ➢ Systems ➢ identify deficiencies in current systems ➢ Establish Best Management Practices to eliminate deficiencies ➢ Develop BMP's moving toward automation ➢ Work consistently off of a schedule ➢ Use technology to document and store service's performed ➢ Monitor and measure results Pool Management, Inc. 12850 Highway 9 Suite 600-301 Alpharetta Go. 678-644-1224 N v r) t) r0 0 3 o 0 a o a M N 1 K C MA � A fD (DD S N d CC G N �• a 7 -' 7, C 0 W CU C Ln CA z 0 D N OA 0 ? G r7r H Qm n N N li *lj ppN pptn p0O O LnO LnLei0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to A^ ih i/► iA ih iA VR F+ O 1+ A W O N N W U7 A In 0 S000 0 0 t�/l O 0~0 U1 ON1 W V1 N W ul O -,Ln 0O Ln Lnp8 Ln Ln 90 O O O O O 00 S'SSSSSSSS No Text Staffing Plan The purpose of the staffing plan is to make certain the project has sufficient staff with the right skills and experience to ensure a successful project completion. Role Requirements The following is a detailed breakdown of the roles required to execute the project. It includes: the project role, the project responsibility of the role, skills required, number of staff required to fulfill the role, the estimated start date and the expected duration the staff resource will be needed on the project. Project Team President I Lead team, Operation i Project Management— ~1 ;audits, communicate f direction I Aquatics Lead team, report; Human resource i 1 Director status, Organize ;Research and web events, Marketing, 1skills monitor and measure I Aquatics Staffing, Scheduling ;Organization and 2 ;Manager and Quality Control ;writing skills min 5 years exp CPO 7Maintenance and :CPO Certified i 5 !Chemicals, Daily logs ( Inventory Control I ;Swim ioffer swim instruction .Instructors and programs based on -- } age and skill Lifeguards -I Monitor patrons, enforce rules, promote safety Upon execution Upon execution I 02/01/2012 !i I _ _ ^ i 05/01/2012 I Instruction and ; 5 05/01/2012 organization ) I CPR/ LG/ First Aid V 40 certification 5/25/2012j Length of'. contract I -! Length of contract] i i Length of i contract Seasonal, I i Seasonal- Seasonal; Cit of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF TAMARAC AND POOL MANAGEMENT, LLC THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into thisa -day of u 201c -, by and between the City of Tamarac, a municipal corporation with principal offic located at 7525 N.W. 88th Ave., Tamarac, FL 33321 (the "City") and Pool Management, LLC, a lorida Limited Liability Contractor with principal offices located at 404 NW 13th St., Delray Beach, FL 33444 (the "Contractor") to provide for Swimming Pool Management Services at the Caporella Aquatic Center, 9300 NW 58th Street, Tamarac, Florida 33321-4605. Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the City and Contractor agree as follows: 1) The Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Proposal Document No. 12-02R, "Swimming Pool Management Services", dated November 7, 2011, including all conditions therein, (General Terms and Conditions, Special Conditions and/or Special Provisions), drawings, Technical Specifications, all addenda, the Contractor's bid/proposal dated December, 2011, included herein by reference, and all modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These contract documents form the Agreement, and all are as fully a part of the Agreement as if attached to this Agreement or repeated therein. In the event that there is a conflict between the RFP 12-02R dated November 7, 2011, as issued by the City, and the Contractor's Proposal dated December, 2011, RFP 12-02R as issued by the City shall take precedence over the Contractor's Proposal. Furthermore, in the event of a conflict between this document and any other contract documents, this Agreement shall prevail. 2) The Work 2.1 The Contractor shall perform all work for the City required by the contract documents as set forth below: 2.1.1 Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide Swimming Pool Management Services for the Caporella Aquatic Center located at 9300 NW 58th Ave., Tamarac, Florida. 2.1.2 The Contractor, at its own expense, shall provide all personnel necessary to perform the services of this contract. None of Contractor's personnel shall be employees of, nor have any contractual relationship with the City of Tamarac. Lifeguard staff provided under this Agreement shall be a minimum age of 16 years old. 2.1.3 Contractor shall supervise the work force to ensure that all workers conduct themselves and perform their work in a safe and professional manner. Contractor shall comply with all OSHA safety rules and regulations in the operation of equipment and in the performance of the work. Contractor shall at all times have a competent field supervisor on the job site to enforce these policies and procedures Cit of Tamarac Purchasi2q and Contracts Division at the Contractor's expense. All of the services hereunder will be performed by the Contractor under its supervision, and all personnel engaged in the work shall be fully qualified and shall be authorized or permitted under law to perform such services. This shall include required lifeguards, instructors, lesson coordinators, supervisors, managers and any other employees which are required and necessary to operate the facility. Contractor shall recruit, hire, train, schedule, and supervise employees. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove any proposed staffing schedule. 2.1.4 The Contractor's specific Scope of Work and Responsibilities under this Agreement shall include, but not be limited to the following: 2.1.4.1 Manage and operate the swimming pool, children's sprayground, and pool deck areas. Contractor shall provide for the operation of the facility seven (7) days per week, Monday through Saturday from 9:00 A.M. to 6:OOP.M. and Sunday 9:OOA.M. to 4:OOP.M. and from Memorial day to Labor day Monday through Saturday from 9:00 A.M. to 7:OOP.M. and Sunday 9:OOA.M. to 4:OOP.M. The City reserves the right to extend the hours, with at least seven (7) days notice to the Contractor. The facility is closed to the public for open swim during the months of December, January and February. The successful Offeror, however, shall continue to provide swim lessons and water exercise classes during those months. Any changes in hours of service (other than those dictated by emergencies) shall be made with prior approval of the City. 2.1.4.2 Develop, implement and supervise instructional programs including but not limited to swim classes, lap swim, open swim, swim team, water exercise programs, pool rentals and special events for participants of all ages and abilities. Complete and maintain attendance records for all programs. Work with City staff to develop and implement programs that will maximize service, revenue and participation. Instructional swim classes must meet Broward County Swim Central Criteria. 2.1.4.3 Develop and implement operating policies and procedures that will be consistent with the City's operating policies and procedures. 2.1.4.4 Maintain the swimming pool and related mechanical systems in accordance with the requirements of the Florida Department of Health, Broward County Health Department, and Florida Department of Agriculture Bureau of Fair Rides Division. 2.1.4.5 Test safety equipment and water quality, and vacuum the pool on a daily basis. Provide routine maintenance and clean all pumps, drains, filtering devices and associated equipment. Contractor shall backwash the filter system in accordance with the requirements recommended by the manufacturer. 2.1.4.6 Maintain the pool, water sprayground, pool deck, storage areas, offices, restrooms, locker rooms and entrance areas in a clean, safe 2 1 Ta if l i'l llli (�Pli�i[:l Cif of Tamarac Purchasin and Contracts Division and inviting manner including the collection of trash and debris. The City will provide maintenance of restrooms, locker rooms and offices each day in the evening. Contractor must maintain the swimming pool, sprayground and related mechanical systems at a high standard in accordance with recommended guidelines. 2.1.4.7 Contractor shall be responsible for the care and repair of City property used for the operation of the Aquatic Center. The Contractor will be held accountable for those losses or damages to City owned property during hours of operation of the pool. Damaged or malfunctioning equipment shall be reported immediately to the Parks and Recreation Department. 2.1.4.8 Develop and implement a preventive maintenance plan to extend the life expectancy of the facility and equipment to assure operational reliability and potentially reduce costs. To this end, the successful contractor shall monitor the mechanical systems and provide due diligence in notifying the City of any potential problems. 2.1.4.9 Regulate and maintain a positive controlled environment and provide for the enforcement of pool rules and regulations. Enforce all rules and regulations stipulated by the City and suggest and advise with regard to additional rules and regulations for the operation of the pool. 2.1.4.10 Contractor shall be responsible for the purchasing of and maintaining of an adequate inventory of items necessary for the daily operation of the facility adequate to the size and operation of the facility. These items include but are not limited to pool cleaning equipment, pool chemicals, filter media (when replacement is required), first aid supplies, minor repair parts and service for pool equipment. Contractor shall store, and administer chemical treatments and First Aid Supplies. 2.1.4.11 Provide written reports on equipment and pool safety checks, water quality tests, life expectancy of equipment, inventory of supplies and program attendance as required by the City. 2.1.4.12 Provide set up and break -down for programs, lessons, swim meets and special events. 2.1.4.13 Manage customer service complaints or inquiries and distribute surveys according to City protocol. The highest standards of safety, professionalism, customer service, and instructional excellence are required. The facility shall be managed so that the needs of all the users are recognized and accommodated. All employees will be expected to represent the City of Tamarac in a positive manner and provide exceptional customer service. Employees will be expected to adhere to the City of Tamarac's customer service expectations by following the principles of professionalism, accuracy of information, responsiveness and timeliness in meeting customer needs. 3 of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division 2.1.4.14 Ensure all staff are provided with professional and identifiable uniforms. 2.1.4.15 Provide after-hours emergency contacts for the on -site manager and supervisor. 2.1.4.16 Contractor must recognize the City's objective of making the facility as self-supporting as possible. Attainment of this goal requires that the Contractor aggressively market the facility and assure that operations conform to the highest professional business and management standards. 2.1.4.17 Develop, implement and assist with emergency management plans and facility preparedness for all possible emergencies, including procedures for heightened security alerts, and hurricane preparedness. 2.1.4.18 Conduct nationally certified in-service employee training programs to ensure the highest safety standards. 2.1.4.19 Develop and implement an aquatic risk management plan and marketing plan. 2.1.4.20 In conjunction with the Parks and Recreation Department, contractor will prepare a capital improvement plan that recommends equipment replacement and acquisition in current and future years. The plan will be presented in accordance with the City's budget schedule for the next fiscal year. 2.1.4.21 Assume all risk and liability for the operation and management of the swimming pool and children's activity area (excluding parking lot and areas outside swimming facility) as defined by the Statement of Work of Request for Proposal 10-02R as originally issued by the City. 2.1.4.22 Monitor user group schedules and lane assignments to maximize pool use, facility space and revenue. 2.1.4.23 Assist with the development and implementation of camp and rental group guidelines regarding safety of participants, staff, and counselors. The guidelines shall address appropriate behavior and expected counselor to child ratio while on the pool deck, in pool and in the locker/bathroom. 2.1.4.24 Complete and maintain detailed documentation and records of all incidents, accidents, and rescues with regards to programs, participants, employees, mechanical, and structural and the steps taken to rectify the incident. Contractor will immediately report all incidents, accidents and rescues along with a copy of the detailed report to include all circumstances and individuals surrounding the incident and specific location. 2.1.4.25 The Contractor will establish a Drug -Free Workplace by requiring drug screening of all new employees and allow for drug testing. of Tamarac I Purchasing and Contracts Division Drug testing will be at the expense of the Management Firm, and shall be administered in accordance with applicable Florida State statutes. 2.1.4.26 No physical improvements or changes to the Aquatic Center facility will be allowed without written authorization from the City of Tamarac. 2.1.4.27 The Contractor is required to participate in a complete aquatic review program as provided by a proven nationally recognized program. The costs to participate in such programs shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 2.1.4.28 The Contractor shall be responsible, at its own expense, for obtaining all necessary permits and licenses required by applicable laws, rules and/or regulations necessary for the operation of the facility. 2.2 Contractor shall provide the City with seventy-two (72) hours written notice prior to the commencement of services under this Agreement and prior to any schedule change with the exception of changes caused by inclement weather. 2.3 Contractor shall comply with any and all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations now in effect, or hereinafter enacted during the term of this Agreement, which are applicable to the Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors, if any, with respect to the work and services described herein. 3) Insurance 3.1. Contractor shall obtain at Contractor's expense all necessary insurance in such form and amount as specified in the original bid or proposal document or as required by the City's Risk and Safety Manager before beginning work under this Agreement including, but not limited to, Workers' Compensation, Commercial General Liability, and all other insurance as required by the City, including Professional Liability when appropriate. Contractor shall maintain such insurance in full force and effect during the life of this Agreement. Contractor shall provide to the City's Risk and Safety Manager certificates of all insurances required under this section prior to beginning any work under this Agreement. The Contractor will ensure that all subcontractors comply with the above guidelines and will retain all necessary insurance in force throughout the term of this agreement. 3.2 The following are required types and minimum limits of insurance coverage, which the Contractor agrees to maintain during the term of this Agreement: Line of Business/ Occurrence Aggregate Coverage Commercial General $2,000,000 $2,000,000 Liability Including: Premises/Operations Contractual Liability Cit of Tamarac Purchasi2q and Contracts Division Personal Injury Explosion, Collapse, Underground Hazard Products/Completed Operations Broad Form Property Damage Cross Liability and Severability of Interest Clause Automobile Liability $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability Statutory Professional Liability (Claims Made) $1,000,000 $1,000,000 3.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless for any damages resulting from failure of the Contractor to take out and maintain such insurance. Contractor's Liability Insurance policies shall be endorsed to add the City as an additional insured. Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all deductibles and self-insurance retentions on Contractor's Liability Insurance policies. 4) Contract Term 4.1 The Agreement shall commence upon delivery of Notice To Proceed to the Contractor by the City, and shall be in place for a period of two (2) years. 4.2 The City shall reserve the right to renew at the same terms, conditions and pricing as the original Agreement for subsequent renewal periods of two (2) years each at the discretion of the City. 5) Consideration 5.1 In consideration of the Contractor's Services provided to the City, the City agrees to pay the Contractor an Operational Fee, and a percentage of operating revenues as shown below, for a guaranteed minimum of Two Hundred Sixty -One Thousand, Nine Hundred and Nine Dollars and no cents ($261,909.00) as shown in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 herein: 5.1.1 Annual Operational Fee: The City shall pay to the Contractor an operational fee not to exceed One Hundred Seventy -Three, Seven Hundred Nine Dollars and no Cents ($173,709.00) in (9) nine equal payments from March thru November $19,301 due on or before the 1s' of each month. 5.1.2 Annual/ Monthly Management Fee: In addition to the Annual Operational Fee, the City agrees to pay the Contractor Management Fee, which shall be in the form of shared revenues with the Contractor, as enumerated below: 5.1.2.1 Gate Revenues: The City shall pay to the Contractor, a sum equaling fifty percent (50%) of all gate revenues related to the swimming pool facility. Fifty percent (50%) of revenues shall be retained by the City. M. Cit of Tamarac Purchasinq and Contracts Division 5.1.2.2 Class/Program Revenues: The City shall pay to the Contractor a sum equaling fifty percent (50%) of all class/program revenues. The additional fifty percent (50%) of revenues shall be retained by the City. 5.1.2.3 The Contractor shall be entitled to a minimum guaranteed annual monthly Management Fee of Eighty -Eight Thousand, Two Hundred Dollars and no Cents $88,200.00 which equals $7350.00 per month. In the event that the annual aggregate revenues in paragraphs 5.1.2.1 and 5.1.2.2 of this Agreement when dispersed to the Contractor total less than the minimum guaranteed Management fee at the end of each month, the City shall make payment to the Contractor, which reflects the difference between the established monthly Management Fee and the actual total of aggregate revenues dispersed. In the event that revenues completely cover the minimum management fee, the City will not be liable for payment of the fee for that contract month; however, Contractor will continue to receive revenue from the contracted percentage of gate and class/program fees. 6.2 After Hours Facility Use By City: If the City schedules to use the pool facility during the established operating hours for a special program or activity, the City shall provide the Contractor a minimum of seven (7) days notice and compensate the Contractor as follows: 5.2.1 City shall compensate the Contractor at a rate of Fourteen Dollars and ten Cents ($14.10) per hour plus actual labor costs. 5.2.2 Contractor will determine amount of lifeguards needed based on size and scope of program. 6) Performance Guarantees The City requires the Contractor to meet certain performance guarantees in support of the City's Strategic Mission, Vision and Goals, while performing under this Agreement. The Contractor shall agree to the following: 6.1 During the normal course of business, the City provides on -site transactional surveys regarding the operation and services provided at the Caporella Aquatic Center. A copy of the Survey is included herein as Exhibit A. The Contractor shall have a goal of receiving positive rankings of "4" or "5" for 90% of the surveys received that relate the Caporella Aquatic Center on a monthly basis. 6.2 The City desires that the Contractor expand existing programs available at the Caporella Aquatic Center in order to provide for a more diverse use of the facility. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting the following programming goals for each of the two (2) years of the initial term of this Agreement. Goals for any additional extension of this Agreement will be determined at the time of such renewal as applicable. Cit of Tamarac Purchasinq and Contracts Division 6.2.1 During year one (1) of the Agreement, Contractor shall add six (6) new programs, with an enrollment of at least 60% of the class capacity. 6.2.2 During year two (2) of the Agreement, Contractor shall maintain the six (6) programs, in place at the end of the year one (1) at 60% of the class capacity, and shall add at least 3 additional programs with an enrollment of at least 60% of class capacity. 6.3 The City will monitor the Contractor's progress on each of the goals on a monthly basis, and shall provide appropriate feedback to the Contractor at a minimum of once per month, regarding the Contractor's process. 6.4 The City reserves the right to withhold up to ten percent (10%) of the Contractor's monthly Management Fee on a month by month basis under the following conditions 6.4.1 In the event that the Contractor fails to meet the required goal for transactional survey responses per the requirements of Section 6.1 herein for a period of three (3) consecutive months. Ten percent (10%) of the monthly Management Fee will be withheld for each of month following the non -compliant three (3) month period, until transactional survey scores return to the level required by Section 6.1 herein. 6.4.2 The Contractor fails to meet the required goal for the establishment of six (6) programs to be in place by the one (1) year anniversary date of the Agreement for year one (1); or fails to meet the required goal for establishment of three (3) programs to be in place within nine (9) months after the one (1) year anniversary date of the Agreement, as enumerated in Section 6.1 herein. Ten percent (10%) of the monthly Management Fee will be withheld for each month following the specific benchmark date shown in Section 6.4.2 until Contractor is compliant with the requirements of Section 6.2 herein. 6.5 In the event that the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 herein, for a period of six (6) consecutive months, the City reserves the right to take additional corrective actions including, but not limited to remedies outlines in Sections 9 (Remedies) and 15 (Termination). 7) Payments 7.1 Payment by the City for the management fee will be made to the Contractor on a monthly basis, upon receipt of a detailed, accurate invoice from the Contractor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 "Consideration" of this agreement. All payments shall be dispersed prior to the 10th day of the following month. 7.2 Payment by the city for the Operational Fee will be made to the Contractor by the first of each month on a monthly basis from March 1 st through November 1 st. Contractor will invoice the City the Operational Fee no less than (30) thirty days prior to the 1 st of the month due date and in accordance with the provisions of section 5 "Consideration" of this agreement. 7.3 All payments shall be governed by the Florida Prompt Payment Act, F.S., Part VII, Chapter 218 8) Indemnification H. ify of Tamarac Purchasinq and Contracts Division 8.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor shall, in addition to any other obligation to indemnify the City and to the fullest extent permitted by law, protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, their agents, elected officials and employees from and against all claims, actions, liabilities, losses (including economic losses), costs arising out of any actual or alleged: a). Bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property including the loss of use resulting therefrom, or any other damage or loss arising out of or resulting, or claimed to have resulted in whole or in part from any actual or alleged act or omission of the Contractor, any sub -Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable in the performance of the Work; or b). violation of law, statute, ordinance, governmental administration order, rule, regulation, or infringement of patent rights by Contractor in the performance of the Work; or c). liens, claims or actions made by the Contractor or any sub -Contractor under workers compensation acts; disability benefit acts, other employee benefit acts or any statutory bar. Any cost of expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by the City to enforce this agreement shall be borne by the Contractor. 8.2 Upon completion of all Services, obligations and duties provided for in this Agreement, or in the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the terms and conditions of this Article shall survive indefinitely. 8.3 The Contractor shall pay all claims, losses, liens, settlements or judgments of any nature whatsoever in connection with the foregoing indemnifications including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees (including appellate attorney's fees) and costs. 8.4 City reserves the right to select its own legal counsel to conduct any defense in any such proceeding and all costs and fees associated therewith shall be the responsibility of Contractor under the indemnification agreement. Nothing contained herein is intended nor shall it be construed to waive City's rights and immunities under the common law or Florida Statute 768.28 as amended from time to time. 9) Remedies 9.1 Damages: The City reserves the right to recover any ascertainable actual damages incurred as a result of the failure of the Contractor to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, or for losses sustained by the City resultant from the Contractor's failure to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. 9.2 Correction of Work: If, in the judgment of the City, work provided by the Contractor does not conform to the requirements of this Agreement, or if the work exhibits poor workmanship, the City reserves the right to require that the Contractor correct all deficiencies in the work to bring the work into conformance without additional cost to the City, and / or replace any personnel who fail to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. The City shall be the sole judge of non- conformance and the quality of workmanship. 10) Change Orders Without invalidating the contract, without any monetary compensation, and without notice to any surety, the City reserves and shall have the right to make increases, decreases or other changes to the work as may be considered necessary or desirable to complete the proposed engagement in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor shall not start work pursuant to a change order until the change order setting forth the adjustments is approved by the City, and executed by the City and Contractor. Once the change order is so approved, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the work. of Tamarac " Purchasing and Contracts Division The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments, if applicable) payable to the Contractor for performing the work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price or Time except as approved in writing by the City. The Contract Price and/or Time may only be changed by a Change Order. A fully executed change order for any additional duties must exist before such extra duties are initiated. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than 15 days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. The amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered (unless the City allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph. In the event satisfactory adjustment cannot be reached by the City and the Contractor for any item requiring a change in the contract, and a change order has not been issued, the City reserves the right at its sole option to terminate the contract as it applies to these items in question and make such arrangements as the City deems necessary to complete the work. The cost of any work covered by a change order for an increase or decrease in the contract price shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a Guaranteed Maximum Price by the City and Contractor. If notice of any change in the contract or contract time is required to be given to a surety by the provisions of the bond, the giving of such notice shall be the Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable bond shall be adjusted accordingly. The Contractor shall furnish proof of such adjustment to the City. Failure of the Contractor to obtain such approval from the Surety may be a basis for termination of this Contract by the City. 11) Non -Discrimination & Equal Opportunity Employment During the performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, religion, age, national origin, marital status, political affiliation, familial status, sexual orientation, or disability if qualified. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, sex, religion, age, national origin, marital status, political affiliation, familial status, sexual orientation, or disability if qualified. Such actions must include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, promotion; demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor shall agree to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees that he/she will ensure that Sub -Contractors, if any, will be made aware of and will comply with this nondiscrimination clause. 12) Independent Contractor This Agreement does not create an employee/employer relationship between the Parties. It is the intent of the Parties that the Contractor is an independent contractor under this Agreement and not the City's employee for any purposes, including but not limited to, the application of the Fair Labor Standards Act minimum wage and overtime payments, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, the Social Security Act, the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the State Worker's Compensation Act, and the State Unemployment Insurance law. The 10 City of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division Contractor shall retain sole and absolute discretion in the judgment of the manner and means of carrying out Contractor's activities and responsibilities hereunder provided, further that administrative procedures applicable to services rendered under this Agreement shall be those of Contractor, which policies of Contractor shall not conflict with City, State, or United States policies, rules or regulations relating to the use of Contractor's funds provided for herein. The Contractor agrees that it is a separate and independent enterprise from the City, that it had full opportunity to find other business, that it has made its own investment in its business, and that it will utilize a high level of skill necessary to perform the work. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating any joint employment relationship between the Contractor and the City and the City will not be liable for any obligation incurred by Contractor, including but not limited to unpaid minimum wages and/or overtime premiums. 13) Contractor's Personnel Contractor's personnel who shall work at the City's pool in fulfilling the terms of this Agreement shall be personnel of the Contractor and be directed solely by the Contractor. 13.1 The Contractor shall maintain at its expense a sufficient number of personnel to perform Contractor's responsibilities hereunder. Contractor shall have sole and complete authority for recruiting, hiring, training, promoting, supervising, compensating and disciplining such personnel and for establishing the terms and conditions of their work environment. Such personnel shall be under the Contractor's exclusive direction and control. 13.2 The Contractor shall train personnel. Personnel not performing up to the standards of the City will be replaced by the Contractor within 48 hours of receipt of written request by City or designated representative. 13.3 Personnel shall have the authority to discipline swimmers and any and all other persons within the pool facility, within their best judgment and sole discretion consistent with the published and posted rules of the City and minimum safety standards as established herein. 13.4 Personnel are not required to tolerate abusive language or physical confrontations by facilities members or guests. If either occurs, the facility member or guest will be required to leave the active area and/or premises at the request of personnel. Should guest not comply, the local authorities shall be called. Contractor has authority to call the appropriate law enforcement authority for assistance and/or arrest if the Contractor feels necessary. Contractor feels this action is in the best interest of other facility members or guest and/or Contractor personnel. 13.5 Anyone not abiding by the rules or blatantly disregarding them shall be warned and may be asked to leave the pool and/or facility. Should any individual pose an ongoing problem, that matter will be brought to the attention of Contractor's office and City's contact person. 13.6 Contractor's full time management staff shall train personnel on independent mechanical operation of City's facility. 13.7 Contractor's staff shall be responsible to supervise Contractor's personnel. 13.8 Whereas, Contractor will invest substantial resources to train and convey information concerning operational techniques and management procedures to its personnel at City's facility. City acknowledges that such information and investment is a valuable asset of Contractor's 11 City of ; amarac I Purchasing and Contracts Division business. City agrees not to hire or contract (without the prior written consent of Contractor) any personnel or former personnel of the Contractor directly or indirectly to work at, service, or be connected in any way with the pool named herein for a period of one (1) year from the date of expiration or cancellation of this agreement. 14) Operational Issues The following items address specific operational issues regarding the management of the Caporella Aquatic Center Swimming Pool. 14.1 SEVERE WEATHER: In the event of severe weather, Contractor shall have the right to close the pool with no refund due the City. Lightning, thunder and high winds shall constitute severe weather and are a danger to swimmers. At the first occurrence of thunder or lightning, pool shall be closed to swimmers for 30 minutes. Should thunder or lightning persist, pool shall remain closed until 30 minutes after the last occurrence of thunder or lightning. Deck area shall also be closed for 30 minutes after each occurrence of lightning. 14.2 WATER QUALITY: Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the condition of the swimming pool water within the tolerances of the American Public Health Association and the local health department while Contractor's personnel has pool open to swimmers. 14.2.1 The following water quality variables shall be monitored: 1. Free chlorine 4. Calcium Hardness 2. PH 5. Cyanuric Acid 3. Total Alkalinity 14.2.2 Rain, increase/decrease in bathing load continuous sun days, human waste, mustard or black algae, vandalism, and other factors can affect water chemistry. The Contractor cannot control external conditions or events. Bathing load (number of people in the pool) contributes to bathing waste. Bather waste (oils, skin, hair products, bathing suit dyes, cosmetics, etc.) can seriously affect the quality of water chemistry. Contractor shall notify the City if bather wastes become an issue. 14.2.3 There are over 21,000 known varieties of algae. Contractor shall avoid all of the complication by referring to algae by the color they exhibit. Mustard, Black or Brown Algae is an algae that can be brought into a pool through storms, bathing suits, pool toys, and many other objects that has been in contact with other pool water, lakes, streams or other bodies of water that is infected with these algae's. City understands that normal chemical treatment to pools cannot prevent these types of algae's. If, in the event City's pool is infected with any of the above mentioned algae's, Contractor shall notify City of said algae and chemically treat pool water upon City's approval. If, in the discretion of the Contractor, it is determined that the water quality is insufficient to properly operate the pool, the Contractor shall have the right to close the pool for such period of time as shall be necessary to correct the water quality. This shall not require any change or adjustment in any provisions of this Agreement. 14.3 UNUSUAL CONDITIONS: Emergency Closing of pool: 14.3.1 The City and/or the Contractor may close the pool in an emergency situation, 12 of Tamarac and Contracts Division whether the emergency is caused by a breakdown of equipment, any act of God, repairs, or by any other causes outside the control of Contractor. This shall not require any change or adjustment in any provisions of this agreement. Should a time lapse of more than five (5) days be necessary to perform repairs and/or restore pool to normal operation Contractor shall refund fifty percent (50%) of the daily operational cost to City until such time as the pool is reopened for normal operation. 14.3,2 The pool shall be closed to swimming in cases where Fecal Matter is present. To comply with national, state and local codes and recommendations, the Contractor shall close and treat City's pool in the event that fecal matter, vomit, or blood should contaminate the pool. City agrees to pay for additional reasonable charges. The Contractor shall ask swimmers to exit the pool, remove matter, vacuum, brush, shock and monitor pool water. The pool shall remain closed to swimmers for up to 4 filtration circulation turnovers or until chlorine levels drop to acceptable levels after 4 turnovers. The Contractor shall re -open pool for swimming. 14.3.3 Although glass is not permitted in the pool area during operation, glass can enter the pool area due to vandalism, after hour parties or storms that blow glass top tables into pools. Generally, colored glass entering the pool can be identified and removed. Clear glass is not easily seen and it is a requirement of the health department that the pool is drained, surface scrubbed and cleaned, refilled and water rebalanced. The City shall be notified should glass enter the pool. City shall be required to sign a Waiver of Liability for clear or colored glass on behalf of the Contractor should City elect not to follow required codes to close and drain the pool. 14.3.4 Defects/ Problems may exist that are not evident during Contractor's original assessment of pool and cannot reasonably be identified without a history of events or difficulties with maintenance in the past. These defects/problems can be in underground plumbing, improperly sized plumbing of which neither can be seen, facing plumbing, defective valves and fittings, hidden electrical problems in panel or wiring, and structural components of the pool such as gunite, deck, tile and coping. Further, defects/problems can assert themselves or develop during the course of a season that requires repair in order to maintain the quality of the pool water or environment, particularly as it relates to circulation and filtration. 14.3.5 Water leaks in a pool can be found in structural cracks, light niches, plumbing, skimmer throats, fresh water fills, and waste lines. Leaks are not limited to those referenced herein. Contractor shall notify City if leak detection is required to identify source of a pool leak. Should City elect not to choose to have leak detection performed, City is hereby advised that increases in water bill, increases of chemical consumption, labor and citing by Health Department may occur. City agrees to pay for increase chemical consumption due to pool water leaks. Leak detection and repair is not a part of this agreement. If additional chemicals or labor are required to maintain or correct pool water chemistry due to failure or breakdown of City's equipment or loss of water due to a defect in City's pool or recirculation system, Contractor shall notify City of such breakdown or defect, and if City elects not to remedy problem City shall pay as an additional charge, the reasonable expense of all said additional chemicals and or labor. 14.3.6 Any work or items performed or supplied by Contractor shall be subject to the conditions in the Section 7, "Payments" of this Agreement. 14.4 CHEMICALS AND SUPPLIES: Contractor agrees to supply at its expense: The following chemicals for safe and clean pool water shall be provided throughout the summer. 13 Cift of c Purchasincl and Contracts Division 14.4.1 Chlorine 14.4.2 Diatomaceous earth 14.4.3 Calcium chloride 14.4.4 Soda ash 14.4.5 Sodium bicarb 14.4.6 Pool acid 14.4.7 Stabilizer 14.5 LANDSCAPING: Contractor shall not be responsible for any landscaping duties. If in the opinion of the Contractor landscaping presents a problem to the pool and surrounding areas the Contractor shall notify the City. The following is a list of items that affect the pool environment, but are not limited to: 14.5.1 Leaves entering pool and pool area. 14.5.2 Leaves clogging skimmers and drains. 14.5.3 Flowering shrubs, trees and plants. 14.5.4 Overhanging tree branches. 14.5.5 Mulch blowing into pool 14.5.6 Hay from newly seeded grass. 14.5.7 Cut grass not being removed from pool area. 14.5.8 Landscape contractors using pool area, pool and/or bathrooms for cleaning equipment or tools, and storage or repotting of plants, cleaning boots off in pool, etc. create excessive clean up conditions for Contractor's Personnel. The City's contact person shall be notified if this occurs. City reserves the right to authorize Contractor to clean the area, or to use City's personnel to clean the area. In the event that Contractor is authorized to clean-up the area due to landscape contractor neglect, additional charges may be incurred by the City for Contractor's additional clean-up work. Such charges shall not be assessed, however, unless City authorizes and directs Contractor to perform the additional clean-up work. 15) Assignment and Subcontracting Contractor shall not transfer or assign the performance required by this Agreement without the prior consent of the City. This Agreement, or any portion thereof, shall not be subcontracted without the prior written consent of the city. 16) Notice Whenever either party desires or is required under this Agreement to give notice to any other party, it must be given by written notice either delivered in person, sent by U.S. Certified Mail, U.S. Express Mail, air or ground courier services, or by messenger service, as follows: 14 City of Tamarac I Purchasina and Contracts Division : City Manager City of Tamarac 7525 N.W. 88th Avenue Tamarac, FL 33321 With a copy to City Attorney at the following address: Goren, Cherof, Doody & Ezrol, P.A. 3099 East Commercial Blvd., Suite 200 Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308 CONTRACTOR Pool Management, LLC 401 NW 13th Street Delray Beach, FL 33444 ATTN: Scott Blevins, President Telephone: (855) 794-6764 Fax: (678) 552-1531 scott(a)-poolmanagementinc.com 17) Termination 17.1 Termination for Convenience: This Agreement may be terminated by the City for convenience, upon thirty (30) days of written notice by the City to the Contractor for such termination in which event the Contractor shall be paid its compensation for services performed to termination date, including services reasonably related to termination. In the event that the Contractor abandons this Agreement or causes it to be terminated, Contractor shall indemnify the city against loss pertaining to this termination. 17.2 Default by Contractor: In addition to all other remedies available to the City, this Agreement shall be subject to cancellation by the City for cause, should the Contractor neglect or fail to perform or observe any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or requirements herein contained, if such neglect or failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Contractor of written notice of such neglect or failure. 18) Uncontrollable Forces 18.1 Neither the City nor Contractor shall be considered to be in default of this Agreement if delays in or failure of performance shall be due to Uncontrollable Forces, the effect of which, by the exercise of reasonable diligence, the non -performing party could not avoid. The term "Uncontrollable Forces" shall mean any event which results in the prevention or delay of performance by a party of its obligations under this Agreement and which is beyond the reasonable control of the nonperforming party. It includes, but is not limited to fire, flood, earthquakes, storms, lightning, epidemic, war, riot, civil disturbance, sabotage, and governmental actions. 18.2 Neither party shall, however, be excused from performance if nonperformance is due to forces, which are preventable, removable, or remediable, and which the nonperforming party could have, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, prevented, removed, or remedied with reasonable 15 City of Tamarac Purchasina and Contracts Division dispatch. The nonperforming party shall, within a reasonable time of being prevented or delayed from performance by an uncontrollable force, give written notice to the other party describing the circumstances and uncontrollable forces preventing continued performance of the obligations of this Agreement. 18.3 In the event that the Aquatic Center facility is closed due to uncontrollable forces as indicated in Section 16.1 of this Agreement, the Contractor shall not bill the City for the cost of hourly employees who are not working, unless such employees have been tasked to complete maintenance at the facility in an effort to restore the facility to operational status. Work provided by managerial and supervisory personnel who are working regardless of whether the facility is open, will continue to be compensated in a normal manner as provided by this Agreement. 19) Agreement Subject to Funding This agreement shall remain in full force and effect only as long as the expenditures provided for in the Agreement have been appropriated by the City Commission of the City of Tamarac in the annual budget for each fiscal year of this Agreement, and is subject to termination based on lack of funding. 20) Venue This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida as now and hereafter in force. The venue for actions arising out of this agreement is fixed in Broward County, Florida. 21) Signatory Authority The Contractor shall provide the City with copies of requisite documentation evidencing that the signatory for Contractor has the authority to enter into this Agreement. 22) Severability; Waiver of Provisions Any provision in this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction. The non -enforcement of any provision by either party shall not constitute a waiver of that provision nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Agreement. 23) Merger; Amendment This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the Contractor and the City, and negotiations and oral understandings between the parties are merged herein. This Agreement can be supplemented and/or amended only by a written document executed by both the Contractor and the City. 24) No Construction Against Drafting Party Each party to this Agreement expressly recognizes that this Agreement results from the negotiation process in which each party was represented by counsel and contributed to the drafting of this Agreement. Given this fact, no legal or other presumptions against the party drafting this Agreement concerning its construction, interpretation or otherwise accrue to the benefit of any party to the Agreement, and each party expressly waives the right to assert such a presumption in any M Crt of Tamarac Purchasinq and Contracts Division proceedings or disputes connected with, arising out of, or involving this Agreement. 25) Budgetary Constraints In the event the City is required to reduce contract costs due to budgetary constraints, all services specified in this document may be subject to a permanent or temporary reduction in budget. In such an event, the total cost for the affected service shall be reduced as required. The Contractor shall also be provided with a minimum 30-day notice prior to any such reduction in budget. Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank 17 Cit of Tamarac Purchasing and Contracts Division IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have made and executed this Agreement on the respective dates under each signature. CITY OF TAMARAC, signing by and through its Mayor and City Manager, and CONTRACTOR, signing by and through its Manager, duly authorized to execute same. AT Peter M.J. Ric. rdson, CRM, CIVIC City Clerk ,7/'j4) Z , Date ATTE �® *r,� ■/ q' I $rd�Ylq-RlWa-x-'�,.:„:(s-gm /[� sI—• oMAY 1��?013e Corp% o (CORPORATE SEAL) ITY OIF TAMARAC Pamela Bushnell, Mayor 7 ",-), �_' `—;L_ Date: Approved s to form and legal sufficiency: / Ci o ey POOL MANAGEMENT, LLC Contr or Name Signature of Manager Scott Blevins Manager aA0 lia. Date 18 of Tamarac STATE OF COUNTY OF Purchasinq and Contracts Division CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SS I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an Officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Scott Blevins, Manager of Pool Management, LLC. a Florida Limited Liability Contractor, to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged before me that he/she executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal this _ day of 20 Signature of Notary Public State of Florida at Large Print, Type or Stamp Name of Notary Public ❑ Personally known to me or ❑ Produced Identification Type of I.D. Produced ❑ DID take an oath, or ❑ DID NOT take an oath. 19 CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF LtQq�� :SS COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an Officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Scott Blevins, Manager of Pool Management, LLC. a Florida Limited Liability Contractor, to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged before me that he/she executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal this 10 day of Signature of ota ublic State of Florida at Large Print, TipAr Stamp Name of Notary Public Personally known to me or ❑ Produced Identification Type of I.D. Produced ❑ DID take an oath, or �- DID NOT take an oath. 19